WO2017000866A1 - 一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点 - Google Patents

一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017000866A1
WO2017000866A1 PCT/CN2016/087419 CN2016087419W WO2017000866A1 WO 2017000866 A1 WO2017000866 A1 WO 2017000866A1 CN 2016087419 W CN2016087419 W CN 2016087419W WO 2017000866 A1 WO2017000866 A1 WO 2017000866A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
gateway node
gateway
server
address
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/087419
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
曾清海
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2017000866A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017000866A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/09Mapping addresses
    • H04L61/25Mapping addresses of the same type
    • H04L61/2503Translation of Internet protocol [IP] addresses
    • H04L61/2514Translation of Internet protocol [IP] addresses between local and global IP addresses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50Address allocation
    • H04L61/5007Internet protocol [IP] addresses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/26Network addressing or numbering for mobility support

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a gateway node, and a node for data transmission between nodes.
  • LTE (Long Term Evolved)/SAE (System Architecture Evolved) system is an evolution system of cellular mobile communication, and its purpose is to provide a low latency, high data transmission rate, high capacity, and low cost. Communications network.
  • the SAE gateway in the LTE/SAE system includes a SGW (Serving Gateway) and a PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway).
  • SGW and the PGW are two logical entities.
  • the PGW is an IP anchor that the UE (User Equipment) accesses to the packet data network, and is responsible for allocating the IP address of the UE, and has the functions of packet routing and forwarding.
  • the PGW is the IP anchor of the UE, all the data packets pass through the PGW regardless of where the UE moves, so it is called a centralized anchor scheme.
  • the centralized anchor scheme has the defect that the path is not optimized. As shown in FIG. 1(A), even if the APP Server (application server) accessed by the UE is local, the data packet must be detoured from the PGW.
  • a localization anchor scheme is proposed in the industry.
  • the so-called localization anchor scheme refers to locally deploying LGW (Local Gateway) similar to the PGW function.
  • the LGW can be an independent network node, and can also be co-located with an eNB (Evolutional Node B).
  • eNB Evolutional Node B
  • FIG. 1(B) when the LGW is deployed locally, the UE does not need to access the application server when the UE accesses the application server. The path is shortened by bypassing the PGW.
  • the localization anchor scheme has a problem of service discontinuity.
  • FIG. 2(A) taking the LGW and the eNB as a common example, when the UE moves from the service area of the original eNB to the service area of the new eNB, The LGW change (that is, the IP anchor change) causes the IP address of the UE to be changed, and the service established on the original IP address is interrupted.
  • the IETF proposes a DMM (Distributed Mobility Management) solution to solve the problem of discontinuous service of the localized anchor scheme.
  • the main idea of the DMM scheme is to keep the original LGW unchanged.
  • the UE moves from the original LGW to the new LGW, on the one hand, the UE does not release the original IP address (IP1 as shown).
  • IP1 original IP address
  • the service on the original IP address is transferred from the original LGW to the application server without interruption.
  • the UE allocates a new IP address (IP2 as shown), and the service established on the new IP address is directly connected to the application server by the new LGW.
  • IP2 IP address
  • the DMM solution can solve the problem of business discontinuity.
  • the solution requires the UE to maintain more than two IP addresses, that is, the UE is required to use different IP addresses for different services, which increases the complexity of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, a gateway node and a node, which can ensure the continuity of the service between the terminal and the server, and reduce the complexity of the terminal.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node sends it to the second node.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to a target address of the data packet.
  • the A gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node acquires request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the method before the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node allocates a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node sends a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates a proxy address to the first node. .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node When the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends context information of the first node to the another first gateway node, where The context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby enabling the The first node connects the second node by the another first gateway node and the second gateway node, and sends a data packet to the second node.
  • the context information further includes a proxy address of the first node, so that the another first gateway node is to be the first
  • the source address of the data packet sent by the node is converted by the local address of the first node to the proxy address.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second node includes a server, and the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server, and the first gateway node includes a server proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, and the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to a target address of the data packet.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node acquires request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the method before the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node allocates a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node sends a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates a proxy address to the first node. .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node When the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends context information of the first node to the another first gateway node, where The context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby enabling the The first node connects the second node by the another first gateway node and the second gateway node, and sends a data packet to the second node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the second gateway node acquires a data packet sent by the first node by using the first gateway node;
  • the second gateway node converts a source address of the data packet from a local address of the first node to a proxy address
  • the second gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second node.
  • the local address of the first node is allocated by the first gateway node.
  • the method before the acquiring, by the second gateway node, the data packet sent by the first node by using the first gateway node, the method further includes:
  • the second gateway node acquires a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates the proxy address to the first node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where the The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the The two nodes include a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node acquires a local address of the first node
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the first node.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to a target address of the data packet.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node acquires request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the method before the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node allocates a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node sends a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates a proxy address to the first node. .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node When the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends context information of the first node to the another first gateway node, where The context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby enabling the The first node connects the second node by using the another first gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquires a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server, and the first gateway node includes a server proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, and the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node Connecting the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node sends the data packet to the first node.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to a target address of the data packet.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, including:
  • the first gateway node acquires request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node;
  • the first gateway node selects a second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the method before the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node allocates a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node sends a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates a proxy address to the first node. .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first gateway node When the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends context information of the first node to the another first gateway node, where Description
  • the context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby enabling the A node connects to the second node by using the another first gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquires a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where The second node includes a server, and the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server, and the first gateway node includes a server proxy device, where The second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, and the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the second gateway node acquires the data packet sent by the second node
  • the second gateway node converts a target address of the data packet from a proxy address of the first node to a local address
  • the second gateway node sends the converted data packet to the first gateway node, so that the first gateway node sends it to the first node.
  • the local address of the first node is allocated by the first gateway node.
  • the second gateway node obtains the second node Before the packet is sent, it also includes:
  • the second gateway node acquires a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates the proxy address to the first node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where the The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the The two nodes include a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the The second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for data transmission between nodes, including:
  • the first node connects to the second node by using the original first gateway node and the second gateway node, and performs data transmission with the second node;
  • the first node disconnects from the original first gateway node when the handover is connected to the new first gateway node
  • the first node connects to the second node by using the new first gateway node and the second gateway node, and performs data transmission with the second node.
  • the first node disconnects the connection with the original first gateway node when the handover is connected to the new first gateway node, including:
  • the first node separately measures signal quality of the original first gateway node and the new first gateway node
  • the first node determines that the signal quality of the new first gateway node is better than the original first gateway node, the first node reports the original first gateway node to the original first gateway node to the The first node sends an indication switching instruction;
  • the first node receives the handover instruction, and switches to connect to the new first gateway node according to the handover instruction, and disconnects from the original first gateway node.
  • the first node connects the second node by using the new first gateway node and the second gateway node, and performs data transmission with the second node, include:
  • the first node sends a path switch request to the upper layer to enable the upper layer to control the second gateway node to establish a connection with the new first gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, where the The second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the The two nodes include a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the The second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a node selection module configured to select a second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • a proxy address obtaining module configured to acquire a proxy address that is allocated by the second gateway node to the first node
  • a source address translation module configured to convert a source address of the data packet sent by the first node by a local address of the first node to the proxy address
  • a data packet sending module configured to send the converted data packet to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node sends the data packet to the second node.
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and selecting the second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An address allocation module configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • connection determining module configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node
  • a request sending module configured to send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node when the connection determining module determines that a connection is not established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, so that the second gateway The node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An information sending module configured to send context information of the first node to the another gateway node when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, where the context information includes the a local address of a node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first node and determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby
  • the first node connects the second node by the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and sends a data packet to the second node.
  • the context information further includes a proxy address of the first node, so that the another gateway node is to use the first node
  • the source address of the transmitted data packet is converted by the local address of the first node to the proxy address.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second The gateway node includes a server proxy device and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second The node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the local gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second The gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a ninth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a node selection module configured to select a second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • a data packet sending module configured to send the data packet sent by the first node to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node allocates a proxy address to the first node, and then the data is sent
  • the source address of the packet is converted to the proxy address by the local address of the first node, and the converted data packet is sent to the second node.
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and selecting the second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An address allocation module configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • connection determining module configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node
  • a request sending module configured to send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node when the connection determining module determines that a connection is not established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, so that the second gateway The node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An information sending module configured to send context information of the first node to the another gateway node when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, where the context information includes the a local address of a node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first node and determines the second gateway node according to the context information, thereby enabling the first
  • the node connects the second node through the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and sends a data packet to the second node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a base station, and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second The gateway node includes a server proxy device and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second The node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the local gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second The gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a data packet obtaining module configured to acquire a data packet sent by the first node by using the first gateway node
  • An address conversion module configured to convert a source address of the data packet from a local address of the first node to a proxy address
  • a packet sending module configured to send the converted data packet to the second node.
  • the local address of the first node is allocated by the first gateway node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • a request obtaining module configured to acquire a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • connection establishing module configured to establish a connection with the first gateway node, and allocate the proxy address to the first node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the gateway node includes a server proxy device and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal, the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node Including a terminal proxy device, the present gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first node in combination with the first or second possible implementation of the tenth or tenth aspect, includes a terminal, the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device, the second node includes a server, and the local gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server, and the first gateway node includes a server proxy device, the local gateway node A terminal agent device is included, and the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node is built in the terminal
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • An eleventh embodiment of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a node selection module configured to select a second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • An address obtaining module configured to acquire a local address of the first node
  • An address conversion module configured to convert a target address of the data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node by a proxy address of the first node to the local address
  • a data packet sending module configured to send the converted data packet to the first node.
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and selecting the second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An address allocation module configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • connection determining module configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node
  • a request sending module configured to send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node when the connection determining module determines that a connection is not established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, so that the second gateway The node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An information sending module configured to: when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, the local gateway node sends the context information of the first node to the another gateway node, where the context information includes The local address of the first node and the identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first node according to the context information and determines the second gateway node, thereby The first node connects the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquires a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the local gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the The terminal, the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a node selection module configured to select a second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node;
  • a data packet obtaining module configured to acquire a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node, where a target address of the data packet is converted by the second gateway node by a proxy address of the first node Is the local address;
  • a data packet sending module configured to send the data packet to the first node.
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • the node selection module is specifically configured to:
  • request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and selecting the second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An address allocation module configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • connection determining module configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node
  • a request sending module configured to send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node when the connection determining module determines that a connection is not established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, so that the second gateway The node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • An information sending module configured to: when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, the local gateway node sends the context information of the first node to the another gateway node, where the context information includes The local address of the first node and the identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first node according to the context information and determines the second gateway node, thereby The first node connects the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquires a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a base station and a terminal generation
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the local gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the local gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the The terminal, the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a gateway node, including:
  • a data packet obtaining module configured to acquire a data packet sent by the second node
  • An address conversion module configured to convert a target address of the data packet from a proxy address of the first node to a local address
  • a data packet sending module configured to send the converted data packet to the first gateway node, so that the first gateway node sends the data packet to the first node.
  • the local address of the first node is allocated by the first gateway node.
  • the gateway node further includes:
  • a request obtaining module configured to acquire a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • connection establishing module configured to establish a connection with the first gateway node, and allocate the proxy address to the first node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the present gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a node, including:
  • a first transmission module configured to connect to the second node by using the original first gateway node and the second gateway node, and perform data transmission with the second node;
  • connection switching module configured to disconnect the connection with the original first gateway node when the node connects to the new first gateway node
  • a second transmission module configured to connect the second node by using the new first gateway node and the second gateway node, and perform data transmission with the second node.
  • connection disconnection module includes:
  • a quality measurement module configured to separately measure signal quality of the original first gateway node and the new first gateway node
  • a quality reporting module configured to report the original first gateway node to the original first gateway node when determining that the signal quality of the new first gateway node is better than the original first gateway node
  • the node sends an indication switching instruction
  • connection switching module configured to receive the switching instruction, and switch to connect to the new first gateway node according to the switching instruction, and disconnect the connection with the original first gateway node.
  • the second transmission module is specifically configured to The upper layer sends a path switch request to cause the upper layer to control the connection between the second gateway node and the new first gateway node.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the local node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server A proxy device, the second node comprising a server.
  • the local node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the local node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the local node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first node includes a terminal, and the first gateway node is built in the terminal,
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device, and the second node includes a server.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the uplink.
  • the first gateway node or the second gateway node converts the source address in the data packet sent by the first node from the local address of the first node to the proxy address, and then sends the source address to the second node, and when transmitting data in the downlink, the first The gateway node or the second gateway node converts the target address in the data packet sent by the second node from the proxy address of the first node to the local address, so in the process of data transmission of the first node and the second node, the first node
  • the source address used to send the data packet is always the local address of the first node, and the destination address used by the second node to send the data packet is always the proxy address of the first node, which can be seen in the first section.
  • the local address of the point (even if switching between different first gateway nodes) remains unchanged, so the service established at the address is not interrupted, the continuity of the service can be guaranteed, and the first node does not need to maintain multiple addresses. Can reduce its complexity.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another data transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for data transmission between nodes according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another method for data transmission between nodes according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another method for data transmission between nodes according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a first transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a first stack structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a first access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a first handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a second transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a second stack structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a second access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic flowchart of a second handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a third transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a third (a) stack structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a third (b) stack structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a fourth transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic flowchart of a fourth handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a fifth (a) transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a fifth (a) access procedure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a fifth (a) handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a fifth (b) transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a fifth (b) access procedure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of a fifth (b) handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a network node according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another network node according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network node according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a network node according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another network node according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network node according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a node according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a network node provided by the present invention.
  • 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a node provided by the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • the terminal may be a user equipment (User Equipment, referred to as "UE"), a mobile station (Mobile Station, abbreviated as “MS”), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), and a Customer Premise Equipment (
  • the client terminal device referred to as “CPE” for short, or the wireless station (for short, “STA”).
  • the terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, hereinafter referred to as "RAN”), or a wireless local area network (WLAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the terminal can be Mobile phones (or "cellular" phones) or computers with mobile terminals, etc., for example, the terminals can also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange with the radio access network. Voice and / or data.
  • the base station may be a base station (Base Transceiver Station, abbreviated as "BTS”) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB, referred to as "NB") in WCDMA, or may be in LTE.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB NodeB
  • NB base station
  • eNB Evolutionary Node B
  • HeNB Home Node B
  • Relay Home Femto or Small Base Station
  • It may be a base station in a 5G communication network or an access hotspot (Access Point, referred to as "AP") in a wireless local area network.
  • AP Access Point
  • the gateway may be a gateway in any one of the foregoing communication systems, such as a SGW (Serving Gateway), a PGW (Packet Data Network Gateway), or an LGW (Local Gateway). , local gateway) and other gateways.
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • LGW Local Gateway
  • the "address” in the embodiment of the present invention refers to an IP address, and the IP address carried in the data packet includes a source address (referred to as “source IP”) and a target address (referred to as “target IP”), which is not difficult to understand, and the source address is used.
  • source IP source address
  • target IP target address
  • the destination address is used to indicate the recipient.
  • the node involved in the embodiment of the present invention mainly includes a first node, a first gateway node, a second gateway node, and a second node.
  • the first gateway node is a service proxy of the first node
  • the second gateway node is a service proxy of the second node
  • each second gateway node corresponds to a second node
  • a different first gateway node and a different second gateway node A connection can be established through the network to implement data transmission between the first node and the second node.
  • the first node before the first node and the one or more second nodes perform data transmission, the first node is assigned a proxy address corresponding to each second node and a unique local address, in the process of data transmission,
  • the first node always (even if switching between different first gateway nodes) sends the data packet using the unique local address as the source address, and the first gateway node or the second gateway node converts the source address of the data packet from the local address to The corresponding proxy address is finally transmitted to the corresponding second node; further, when the plurality of first nodes and one second node perform data transmission, different first addresses may be assigned different proxy addresses, and the second node may Different first nodes are distinguished according to the source address of the data packets they receive.
  • the reason why the embodiment of the present invention can ensure the continuity of the service is that, referring to FIG. 3, when the first node switches from the first gateway node 2 to the first gateway node 3, the first gateway node 2 disconnects and 2, the connection of the gateway node 2, the first gateway node 3 establishes a connection with the second gateway node 2, the first node can transmit data to the second node through the newly established connection, and since the first node always uses the same IP address (ie The above unique local address), so the service based on the IP address is not interrupted.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is directed to an uplink transmission process (ie, a process in which a first node sends a data packet to a second node), where the method is performed by The first gateway node converts the source address.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the first gateway node Before the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, if it is determined that the first node does not allocate a local address, the first node is assigned a local address.
  • the manner in which the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node includes the following two types:
  • the first gateway node acquires a data packet sent by the first node, where the target address of the data packet is a network address of the second node, and the first gateway node selects the second gateway according to the target address of the data packet. node.
  • the first gateway node obtains the target address of the data packet after acquiring the data packet sent by the first node, and the first gateway node may determine the second node to be delivered by the data packet according to the target address, thereby determining the second node.
  • Corresponding second gateway node thereby implementing selection of the second gateway node.
  • the first gateway node acquires request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node, and the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request signaling.
  • the first node sends a request signaling to the first gateway node, and the first gateway node reads the information after receiving the request signaling, where the information may be the URL, IP address, and node identifier of the second node.
  • the information or service identification information or the like may indicate information of the second node, and the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the information.
  • the first gateway node determines whether a connection is established between the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and if not, the first gateway node to the second gateway
  • the node sends a connection establishment request, so that the second gateway node establishes a connection with the first gateway node, and allocates a proxy address to the first node, and if so, does not process, and the second gateway node is already the first node when establishing the connection.
  • the proxy address is assigned.
  • the first node may connect the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the first gateway node acquires a proxy address that is allocated by the second gateway node to the first node.
  • the manner in which the first gateway node obtains the proxy address assigned by the second gateway node to the first node includes the following:
  • the second gateway node sends the proxy address to the first node, and then sends the proxy address to the first gateway node, where the first gateway node receives the proxy address.
  • the first gateway node stores the proxy address allocated by the second gateway node for the first node and has not expired, and the first gateway node directly reads the proxy address.
  • the first gateway node obtains the proxy address from the context information sent by the other first gateway node.
  • the first gateway node converts a source address of the data packet sent by the first node from a local address of the first node to a proxy address.
  • the source address of the data packet is a local address of the first node, and the target address is a network address of the second node.
  • the first gateway node keeps the target address of the data packet unchanged (ie, the target address is still the network address of the second node), and converts the source address from the local address of the first node to the proxy address.
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node sends the data packet to the second node.
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second gateway node, and the second gateway node sends the data packet to the second node after receiving, so as to implement the uplink transmission process in which the first node sends the data packet to the second node.
  • the first gateway node when the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends the context information of the first node to another first gateway node, where the context information includes the first
  • the local address of the node and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node, and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node may be information that identifies the second gateway node, such as an ID, a port number, or a tunnel number of the second gateway node.
  • the handover here may be triggered by the first node moving from the service area of the first gateway node to the service area of another first gateway node, or may be triggered by the restart of the first node after the network is dropped, etc., here Not exhaustive.
  • another first gateway node determines and establishes a connection with the second gateway node according to the connection configuration information of the second gateway node in the context information, and then the first node passes another first gateway node and the second gateway.
  • the node is connected to the second node, and the data is transmitted to the second node.
  • the uplink transmission process is the same as the process described in this embodiment, and details are not described herein.
  • another first gateway node may directly learn the local address allocated by the first node according to the local address of the first node in the context information, without querying the first node.
  • the context information further includes a proxy address of the first node
  • another first gateway node may directly learn the proxy address allocated by the first node according to the proxy address of the first node in the context information, without The gateway queries that, when converting the source address, another first gateway node converts the source address of the data packet from the local address of the first node to the proxy address.
  • the devices referred to by the first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the second node in the embodiment of the present invention may be classified into at least the following four combinations:
  • the first node comprises a terminal
  • the first gateway node comprises a base station and a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node comprises a server proxy device
  • the second node comprises a server.
  • the air interface user plane bearer is established between the terminal and the base station
  • the user plane bearer is established between the base station and the terminal proxy device.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second node includes a server.
  • the first node includes a terminal
  • the first gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a server
  • the second gateway node is built in the server.
  • the first node includes a server
  • the first gateway node includes a server proxy device
  • the second gateway node includes a terminal proxy device
  • the second node includes a terminal.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the uplink.
  • the first gateway node converts the source address in the data packet sent by the first node from the local address of the first node to the proxy address, and then sends the data to the second node, so the data transmission in the first node and the second node
  • the source address used by the first node to send the data packet is always the local address of the first node, and it can be seen that the local address of the first node (even if switching between different first gateway nodes) remains unchanged, thus establishing The service at the address is not interrupted, and the continuity of the service can be ensured.
  • the first node does not need to maintain multiple addresses, which can reduce the complexity.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for data transmission between nodes according to the first embodiment of the present invention, where the method is directed to an uplink transmission process (ie, a process in which a first node sends a data packet to a second node), and the method is The source address is translated by the second gateway node.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • This step is the same as step S101 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first gateway node sends the data packet sent by the first node to the second gateway node.
  • the source address of the data packet is a local address of the first node, and the target address is a network address of the second node.
  • the first gateway node does not process the data packet sent by the first node, and directly sends the data packet to the second gateway node.
  • the second gateway node acquires a data packet sent by the first gateway node.
  • the second gateway node converts the source address of the data packet from a local address of the first node to a proxy address.
  • the second gateway node keeps the target address of the data packet unchanged (ie, the target address is still the network address of the second node), and converts the source address from the local address of the first node to the proxy address.
  • the second gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second node.
  • the second gateway node sends the converted data packet to the second node, so that the uplink transmission process in which the first node sends the data packet to the second node is implemented.
  • the first gateway node when the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends the context information of the first node to another first gateway node, where the context information includes the first
  • the local address of the node and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node, and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node may be information that identifies the second gateway node, such as an ID, a port number, or a tunnel number of the second gateway node.
  • another first gateway node determines and establishes a connection with the second gateway node according to the connection configuration information of the second gateway node in the context information, and then the first node passes another first gateway node and the second gateway.
  • the node is connected to the second node, and the data is transmitted to the second node.
  • the uplink transmission process is the same as the process described in this embodiment, and details are not described herein.
  • another first gateway node may directly learn the local address allocated by the first node according to the local address of the first node in the context information, without querying the first node.
  • first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the second node in the embodiment of the present invention may be at least divided into four combinations mentioned in step S104 in FIG. 4, I won't go into details here.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the uplink.
  • the second gateway node converts the source address in the data packet sent by the first node from the local address of the first node to the proxy address, and then sends the data to the second node, so the data transmission in the first node and the second node
  • the source address used by the first node to send the data packet is always the local address of the first node, and it can be seen that the local address of the first node (even if switching between different first gateway nodes) remains unchanged, thus establishing The service at the address is not interrupted, and the continuity of the service can be ensured.
  • the first node does not need to maintain multiple addresses, which can reduce the complexity.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is directed to a downlink transmission process (ie, a process in which a second node sends a data packet to a first node).
  • the first gateway node converts the target address.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • This step is the same as step S101 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first gateway node acquires a local address of the first node.
  • the manner in which the first gateway node obtains the local address of the first node includes the following two methods: mode 1, the first gateway node directly learns the first node after assigning the local address; The local address is obtained from the context information sent by the gateway node.
  • the first gateway node converts a target address of the data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node from a proxy address of the first node to a local address.
  • the source address of the data packet is the network address of the second node, and the target address is the proxy address of the first node.
  • the first gateway node keeps the source address of the data packet unchanged (ie, the source address is still the network address of the second node), and converts the target address from the proxy address of the first node to the local address.
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the first node.
  • the first gateway node sends the converted data packet to the first node, thereby implementing a downlink transmission process in which the second node sends the data packet to the first node.
  • the first gateway node when the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends the context information of the first node to another first gateway node, where the context information includes the first
  • the local address of the node and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node, and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node may be information that identifies the second gateway node, such as an ID, a port number, or a tunnel number of the second gateway node.
  • the other first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the connection configuration information of the second gateway node in the context information, and establishes a connection with the first node, and then the first node passes another first
  • the gateway node and the second gateway node are connected to the second node, and obtain the data packet sent by the second node through the second gateway node, and the downlink transmission process is the same as the process described in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • another first gateway node may directly learn the local address allocated by the first node according to the local address of the first node in the context information, without querying the first node.
  • first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the second node in the embodiment of the present invention may be at least divided into four combinations mentioned in step S104 in FIG. 4, I won't go into details here.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the downlink.
  • the first gateway node converts the target address in the data packet sent by the second node from the proxy address of the first node to the local address, so in the process of data transmission of the first node and the second node, the second node sends
  • the target address used by the data packet is always the proxy address of the first node. It can be seen that the second node does not need to maintain multiple addresses for the service of the same first node, which can reduce the complexity.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for data transmission between nodes according to a second embodiment of the present invention, where the method is directed to a downlink transmission process (ie, a process in which a second node sends a data packet to a first node), the method The target address is converted by the second gateway node.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node by using the first gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • This step is the same as step S101 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second gateway node acquires a data packet sent by the second node.
  • the source address of the data packet is the network address of the second node, and the target address is the proxy address of the first node.
  • the second gateway node converts the target address of the data packet from the proxy address of the first node to a local address.
  • the second gateway node keeps the source address of the data packet unchanged (ie, the source address is still the network address of the second node), and converts the target address from the proxy address of the first node to the local address.
  • the second gateway node sends the converted data packet to the first gateway node.
  • the first gateway node acquires a data packet sent by the second gateway node.
  • the first gateway node sends the data packet to the first node.
  • the first gateway node when the first node switches from the first gateway node to another first gateway node, the first gateway node sends the context information of the first node to another first gateway node, where the context information includes the first
  • the local address of the node and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node, and the connection configuration information of the second gateway node may be information that identifies the second gateway node, such as an ID, a port number, or a tunnel number of the second gateway node.
  • another first gateway node determines the second gateway node according to the connection configuration information of the second gateway node in the context information, and the first node connects the second node by using another first gateway node and the second gateway node, And obtaining a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node, where the target address of the data packet is converted by the second gateway node by the proxy address of the first node to a local address, and the downlink transmission process is as described above in this embodiment. The process is the same and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that another first gateway node may directly learn the local address allocated by the first node according to the local address of the first node in the context information, without querying the first node.
  • first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the second node in the embodiment of the present invention may be at least divided into four combinations mentioned in step S104 in FIG. 4, I won't go into details here.
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the downlink.
  • the second gateway node converts the target address in the data packet sent by the second node from the proxy address of the first node to the local address, so in the process of data transmission of the first node and the second node, the second node sends
  • the target address used by the data packet is always the proxy address of the first node. It can be seen that the second node does not need to maintain multiple addresses for the service of the same first node, which can reduce the complexity.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for data transmission between nodes according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is directed to a handover process (ie, a first node switches from an original first gateway node to a new first gateway node). Process), the method does not distinguish between the uplink and downlink transmission processes.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • the first node connects to the second node by using the original first gateway node and the second gateway node, and performs data transmission with the second node.
  • the original first gateway node is shown by the first gateway node 2 in the figure
  • the second gateway node is shown by the second gateway node 2 in the figure.
  • the first node is connected to the original node by the dotted line in the figure.
  • a gateway node 2 is connected, the first gateway node 2 is connected to the second gateway node 2 through the original connection shown by the dotted line in the figure, and the second gateway node 2 is connected to the second node, and the first node can perform data with the second node. transmission. This is the way the first node and the second node perform data transmission before switching.
  • the first node disconnects from the original first gateway node when the handover is connected to the new first gateway node.
  • the first node disconnects from the original node when switching to the new first gateway node.
  • the specific operation of the connection between the gateway nodes may be: the first node separately measures the signal quality of the original first gateway node and the new first gateway node; the first node determines that the signal quality of the new first gateway node is better than the original a gateway node, reporting to the original first gateway node, so that the original first gateway node sends an indication switching instruction to the first node; the first node receives the switching instruction, and switches to connect to the new first gateway node according to the switching instruction, and disconnects Open the connection with the original first gateway node.
  • the cell 1 is the service area of the first gateway node
  • the cell 2 is the service area of the second gateway node.
  • the first node measures the original first gateway respectively.
  • the first node connects to the second node by using the new first gateway node and the second gateway node, and performs data transmission with the second node.
  • the first node Before the first node connects the second node to the second node and performs data transmission with the second node, the first node sends a path conversion request to the upper layer, so that the upper layer controls the second gateway node to establish a new first gateway node. the connection between.
  • the new first gateway node is shown as the first gateway node 3 in the figure, and the first node is connected to the first gateway node 3 through the new connection shown by the solid line in the figure, and the first gateway node 3 passes through the figure.
  • the new connection shown by the solid line is connected to the second gateway node 2, and the second gateway node 2 is connected to the second node, so that the first node can perform data transmission with the second node. This is the first node and the second node after switching. The way data is transmitted.
  • the first node temporarily passes the new first gateway node, the original first gateway node, and the first node before sending the path conversion request to the upper layer.
  • the second gateway node connects to the second node and performs data transmission with the second node.
  • first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the second node in the embodiment of the present invention may be at least divided into four combinations mentioned in step S104 in FIG. 4, I won't go into details here.
  • the first node when the first node switches to connect to the new first gateway node, the first node disconnects from the original first gateway node, and then passes the new first gateway node and the second gateway.
  • the node is connected to the second node and performs data transmission with the second node, so that the continuity of the service between the first node and the second node is ensured on the link.
  • the following will combine the first node, the first gateway node, the second gateway node, and the combination of the devices specifically referred to by the second node, and the stack structure under various combinations. A detailed illustration.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a first transmission scenario provided by this embodiment.
  • the first node is a terminal (referred to as “UE” in this embodiment)
  • the first gateway node is a base station (referred to as “eNB” in this embodiment) and a terminal proxy device (referred to in this embodiment).
  • the combination of the "UE-Proxy”, the second gateway node is a server proxy device (referred to as “Server-Proxy” in this embodiment), and the second node is a server (referred to as "APP Server” in this embodiment).
  • an MME Mobility Management Entity
  • the UE connects to the UE-Proxy through the access network.
  • the interface between the UE and the UE-Proxy is composed of two ends.
  • the UE connects to the eNB through the air interface Uu interface, and the eNB directly connects to the UE-Proxy through the CX interface.
  • the eNB can also pass the SGW/ The PGW is then connected to the UE-Proxy; one eNB can connect to one or more UE-Proxy, and one or more eNBs can also Connect to a UE-Proxy; the UE-Proxy can be connected to the Server-Proxy through the C-P interface; the App Server is connected to the Server-Proxy through the C-B interface.
  • the manner in which the foregoing interfaces are connected may establish an end-to-end tunnel or end-to-end routing, and the data of the originating end is sent to the designated node.
  • the stack structure of this embodiment may be as shown in FIG. 10, where a point-to-point tunnel connection is established between the UE and the UE-Proxy.
  • the tunnel is composed of the two ends of the tunnel.
  • the UE and the eNB are connected through the LTE air interface Uu interface.
  • the air interface data tunnel is called the Radio Bearer.
  • the eNB and the UE-Proxy are connected through the GTP-U tunnel.
  • GTP-U tunnel For the forwarding relationship between the UE Radio Bearer and the corresponding GTP-U tunnel, there is a one-to-one correspondence, so that the total UE forms a tunnel between the UE and the UE-Proxy, and all data of the UE passes through its corresponding UE-Proxy. .
  • the UE can multiplex the existing cellular user plane tunnel establishment process to complete the foregoing process.
  • the UE-Proxy is equivalent to the SGW/PGW in the LTE system.
  • the App Server is an application server on the Internet, and the connection between the Server and the Proxy is set by routing, so that the data of the App Server and the UE are forwarded by the Server Proxy.
  • the UE connects to the corresponding proxy by establishing a tunnel, and adopting the route through the AppServer on the public network can reduce or avoid the impact on the App Server.
  • the Server-Proxy can allocate different IPs to determine the corresponding UE-Proxy according to its destination IP when receiving the data sent by the App Server to the UE, and the connection between the Server-Proxy and the UE-Proxy. Send to UE-Proxy.
  • the IP resources of the server-Proxy are small, the data of different UEs may be assigned the same IP.
  • the Server-Proxy determines the different UEs through IP and UDP/TCP port numbers through NAT (Network Address Translation). The data.
  • the connection between the UE-Proxy and the Server-Proxy can be established and maintained according to the configuration.
  • the server-Proxy corresponding to the App Server can be dynamically established according to the service requirements of the UE.
  • the UE and the UE-Proxy can negotiate (optional through the eNB) to access the App Server, such as the UE indicating the domain name (egwww.google.com) or address (eg110.238) of the App Server to be accessed. .2.38), UE-Proxy selects Server-Proxy according to the correspondence between the configured App Server and Server-Proxy.
  • the UE directly sends a data packet to the UE-Proxy.
  • the UE-Proxy learns the App Server that the UE needs to access according to the IP data packet header or the domain name in the HTTP packet header in the data packet, and searches for the corresponding Server-Proxy.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flowchart of an access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in Figure 4 and Figure 6, and may include:
  • the UE establishes a connection with the eNB.
  • the UE establishes an air interface signaling connection between the camped cell and the corresponding eNB by using an RRC (Radio Resource Control) procedure to transmit UE-specific signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the UE registers the network by using an eNB.
  • the UE sends an Attach Request through an air interface connection to register the network.
  • the eNB registers the network with the MME for the UE.
  • the eNB passes the Initial UE Message and carries the Attach Request message sent by the UE to the MME.
  • the MME needs to authenticate whether the two nodes are trusted nodes. And generate related information such as encryption algorithm and secret key for subsequent security processes.
  • the MME selects a UE-Proxy for the UE.
  • the MME selects a UE-Proxy and initiates a Create Proxy Request.
  • the UE-Proxy selection can take into account factors such as its coverage and load balancing.
  • Each eNB may be configured with a default UE-Proxy, and if the condition is not clear, at least the default UE-Proxy may be selected.
  • the Create Proxy Request carries various subscription and privilege information of the UE, and is used to assist the UE-Proxy to allocate a local address (local IP) to the UE.
  • the UE-Proxy allocates a local IP to the UE.
  • the UE-Proxy allocates the local IP to the UE. Otherwise, the UE-Proxy directly uses the local IP in the Create Proxy Request as the local IP of the UE and allocates its corresponding GTP-U TEID by service. , sent to the MME through Create Proxy Response.
  • the MME establishes a connection with the eNB.
  • the MME and the eNB establish a user plane bearer (tunnel) between the eNB and the UE-Proxy through the Initial Context Setup.
  • a user plane bearer tunnel
  • the eNB sends a message that the MME configures the local IP to the UE.
  • a corresponding air interface user plane bearer (radio bearer) is established between the eNB and the UE, and then the corresponding local IP is notified to the UE.
  • the UE sends a data packet directed to the server 1 (App Server1).
  • the UE wants to access the AppServer1, it carries the data packet through the air interface user plane and uses the local IP as the source address to send the data packet to the UE-Proxy through the eNB.
  • the UE-Proxy searches for a corresponding server proxy device 1 (Server-Proxy1).
  • the UE-Proxy After receiving the data packet, the UE-Proxy searches for the corresponding server proxy Server-Proxy1 according to the destination address. And finds whether the corresponding UE has established a connection between the corresponding UE-Proxy and Server-Proxy1, and if not, caches the data, and initiates a Create Tunnel Request. If yes, step S612 is performed.
  • Server-Proxy1 allocates a proxy address 1 (Remote IP1) to the UE.
  • the server-Proxy1 allocates a Remote IP1 to the UE in its IP pool, and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response to notify the UE-Proxy, and saves the remote IP1, UE-Proxy, and Correspondence of the corresponding tunnel.
  • the UE-Proxy converts the address information of the data packet.
  • the UE-Proxy converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP1 assigned by the Server-Proxy1 corresponding to the destination address. For packets sent from the App Server to the UE, the UE-Proxy converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP1 to local IP. At this point, two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • the UE sends a data packet directed to the server 2 (App Server 2).
  • the UE wants to access the App Server 2, it carries the data packet through the air interface user plane and uses the local IP as the source address to send the data packet to the UE-Proxy through the eNB.
  • the UE-Proxy searches for a corresponding server proxy device 2 (Server-Proxy2).
  • the UE-Proxy After receiving the data packet, the UE-Proxy searches for the corresponding server proxy Server-Proxy2 according to the destination address. And finds whether the corresponding UE has established a connection between the corresponding UE-Proxy and Server-Proxy2, and if not, caches the data, and initiates a Create Tunnel Request. If yes, step S616 is performed.
  • Server-Proxy2 assigns a proxy address 2 (Remote IP2) to the UE.
  • Server-Proxy2 After receiving the Create Tunnel Request, Server-Proxy2 allocates Remote IP2 to the UE in its IP pool, and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response to notify the UE-Proxy, and saves the remote IP2, UE-Proxy, and Correspondence of the corresponding tunnel.
  • S616 The UE-Proxy converts the source address of the data packet.
  • the UE-Proxy converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP2 assigned by the Server-Proxy2 corresponding to the destination address. For packets sent from the App Server to the UE, the UE-Proxy converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP2 to local IP. At this point, two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a first handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the UE initially accesses the base station 1 (eNB1).
  • the terminal proxy device 1 UE-Proxy1
  • the service is transmitted simultaneously with the server 1 (App Server 1) and the server 2 (App Server 2), and the App Server 1 and the App Server 2 correspond to the server proxy device 1 (Server-Proxy 1) and the server proxy respectively. 2 (Server-Proxy2).
  • the user plane data between the UE and the eNB1 is represented by a-1 and a-2; the user plane data between the eNB1 and the UE-Proxy1 is represented by b-1 and b-2; UE-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy1;
  • the user plane data between Server-Proxy2 is represented by c-1 and c-2; the user plane data between Server-Proxy1, Server-Proxy2, and App Server1 and AppServer2 is represented by d-1 and d-2.
  • the flow of the specific method in this embodiment as shown in the figure may include:
  • UE1 connects to Server1 through eNB1, UE-Proxy1, and Server Proxy1, and UE1 connects to Server2 through eNB1, UE-Proxy1, and Server Proxy2, and transmits data.
  • the server-Proxy1 and the server-Proxy2 respectively allocate the remote IP1 and the remote IP2 to the UE, and the UE-Proxy1 allocates the local IP to the UE.
  • the UE detects signal quality of eNB1 and eNB2.
  • the UE moves from the eNB1 lower cell to the eNB2 lower cell boundary.
  • the measurement configuration sent by the eNB1 to the UE when the measurement report condition is met, if the eNB2 lower cell is 3 dB larger than the received signal strength of the eNB1 lower cell, The UE reports the measurement report to the eNB1.
  • the eNB1 initiates an eNB1 and eNB2 handover procedure to the UE.
  • the eNB receives the measurement report, and according to the handover decision algorithm, determines that the UE should switch to the cell with stronger signal.
  • the eNB1 determines that the UE should handover to the eNB2, and therefore initiates the handover process of the eNB1 and the eNB2.
  • the handover is divided into an S1 handover and an X2 handover.
  • the X2 handover is taken as an example.
  • the eNB1 and the eNB2 exchange the context information of the UE, the address of the UE-Proxy1, and the tunnel information, and the eNB2, by the handover request and the handover response message.
  • the corresponding resources are prepared to configure the handover command and establish a reverse tunnel between eNB1 and eNB2 for transmitting data that the eNB1 fails to send to the UE during the handover.
  • the UE handover is connected to the eNB2.
  • the eNB1 sends a handover command to the terminal through the RRC Reconfiguration message, instructing the terminal to switch to the cell middle zone under the eNB2, and the UE leaves the original cell after receiving.
  • the eNB1 sends an SN status transfer to the eNB2, indicating the last PDCP SN number transmitted to the UE, for eNB2 to continue the PDCP data continuation and the terminal transmission, and if no transmission is successful, the eNB2 and the UE negotiate a retransmission.
  • the downlink data of the b-1 and the b-2 sent by the UE-Proxy1 to the eNB1 cannot be sent to the UE, and the reverse tunnel established in step S703 is sent to the eNB2 by the eNB1. Indicated by e-1 and e-2, eNB2 will buffer this part of data until the UE successfully connects and then send it to the UE.
  • UE1 connects to Server1 through eNB2, eNB1, UE-Proxy1, and Server Proxy1, and UE1 connects to Server2 through eNB2, eNB1, UE-Proxy1, and Server Proxy2, and transmits data.
  • the UE searches for the new cell indicated in the handover command, and synchronizes with the cell, and initiates random access to the cell according to the random access configuration in the handover command. After the success, the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message is sent to notify the eNB2 to complete the handover. . So far, the UE and the eNB 2 have successfully established the air bearer of the air interface.
  • the data sent by App Server1/App Server2 is d-1/d-2 to Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, and then the proxy forwards c-1/c-2 to UE-Proxy1, and UE-Proxy1 goes through the first.
  • b-1/b-2 is sent to eNB1, and eNB1 sends e-1/e-2 to eNB2 through the reverse tunnel, and eNB2 carries the back-transmitted data in the air interface to carry A-1- D, A-2-D is sent to the UE.
  • the UE sends A-1-U and A-2-U to the eNB2 through the bearer bearer.
  • the eNB2 sends the E-1-U/E-2-U to the UE-Proxy1 according to the address tunnel information of the UE-Proxy1 in the third step, and the UE-Proxy1 sends the message to the Sever-Proxy1/Server through the c-1/c-2.
  • Proxy2, Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2 is routed to App-Server1/App-Server2 through d-1/d-2.
  • the eNB2 sends a Path Switch message to the MME, and it is desirable that the UE-Proxy1 directly transmits the downlink data of the b-1/b-2 to the eNB2 to avoid forwarding from the eNB1.
  • the MME notifies UE-Proxy2 to establish a connection with Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2.
  • the MME may select whether to modify the UE-Proxy. If the MME determines that the UE-Proxy1 needs to be modified to be the UE-Proxy2, the MME initiates a Create Proxy Request to the UE-Proxy2, which carries various subscription and rights information of the UE, and is used to assist the UE-Proxy to allocate suitable resources for the UE. It can carry the local IP of the UE and carry the address and tunnel information of the server-Proxy to notify UE-Proxy2 to connect to Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2.
  • the UE connects to Server1 through eNB2, UE-Proxy2, and Server Proxy1.
  • the UE-Proxy2 initiates a Proxy Connection Modify process by using the specified Server-Proxy1 according to the Create Proxy Request indication, and is used to instruct the Server-Proxy1 to send the data of the original UE-Proxy1 to the UE-Proxy2. It can carry the address and tunnel information of UE-Proxy1, UE remote IP and other information to indicate the tunnel that needs to be changed. And carrying the address and tunnel information of the UE-Proxy2, indicating the new connection information of the Server-Proxy1.
  • Server-Proxy1 updates the data sent to UE-Proxy1 to UE-Proxy2, and optionally carries the new address and tunnel information sent by UE-Proxy2 to Server-Proxy1.
  • UE-Proxy2 receives the connection information. At this point, the connection between UE-Proxy2 and Server-Proxy1 has been established.
  • the UE connects to Server2 through eNB2, UE-Proxy2, and Server Proxy2.
  • step S710 the same method as step S710 is used to modify the connection of Server-Proxy2 to UE-Proxy2.
  • step S710 the same method as step S710 is used to modify the connection of Server-Proxy2 to UE-Proxy2.
  • the connection between UE-Proxy2 and Server-Proxy2 has been established.
  • S711 The UE transmits data through eNB2, UE-Proxy2, and Server Proxy1 and Server1, and the UE transmits data through eNB2, UE-Proxy2, and Server Proxy2 and Server2.
  • the UE-Proxy2 replies to the MME with a Create Proxy Response, indicating that the establishment is successful. And carry the address and tunnel information corresponding to the service.
  • the MME notifies the eNB2 that the handover is successful.
  • the MME replies to the eNB2 with the Path Switch Request Acknowledge, indicating that the UE-Proxy2 handover succeeds, and carries the address and tunnel information corresponding to the service uplink data. So far, the data between the UE and the App Server is all forwarded through eNB2 and UE-Proxy2, specifically A-1/A-2 between the UE and the eNB2, and B-1/B-2 between the eNB2 and the UE-Proxy2. , C-1/C-2 between UE-Proxy2 and Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, and d-1/d- between Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2 and App Server1/App Server2 2.
  • the MME controls UE-Proxy1 to delete context information.
  • the MME waits for the UE-Proxy1 to transmit the cached data (generally, a timer can be set), and deletes the context information of the UE-Proxy1 through the Delete Proxy process.
  • the eNB2 deletes the context information.
  • the eNB2 can generally set a timer or wait for the last packet end marker to receive the UE context information.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a second transmission scenario of this embodiment.
  • the first node is a terminal (referred to as “UE” in this embodiment)
  • the first gateway node is a terminal proxy device (referred to as “UE-AP” in this embodiment)
  • the second gateway node is The server proxy device (referred to as "Server-Proxy” in this embodiment)
  • the second node is a server (referred to as "APP Server” in this embodiment)
  • a controller Controlor
  • Controlor is used for Scheduling and controlling the UE and UE-Proxy.
  • the functions of the eNB or the hotspot and the UE-Proxy are deployed on the same node, such as the eNB or the hotspot may be based on the local outbound (LBO), such as the wifi network or the LTE LIPA/SIPTOG function.
  • LBO local outbound
  • the function of deploying UE-Proxy is called UE-AP.
  • the UE connects to the UE-AP through the air interface Uu interface, and the UE-AP can be connected to the Server-Proxy through the C-P interface.
  • the App Server is connected to the Server-Proxy through the C-B interface.
  • the above interfaces can be connected to each other to establish an end-to-end tunnel or end-to-end routing.
  • the originating data is sent to the specified node.
  • the stack structure of this embodiment can be as shown in FIG.
  • a point-to-point connection is established between the UE and the UE-AP.
  • the connection between the two is also called a radio bearer.
  • UE-AP during the connection process between the UE and the UE-AP Assign an IP address to the UE.
  • the App Server is an application server on the Internet, and the connection between its proxy Server-Proxy is by setting the route.
  • the connection between the UE-Proxy and the Server-Proxy can be established and maintained according to the configuration.
  • the server-Proxy corresponding to the App Server can be dynamically established according to the service requirements of the UE.
  • the UE and the UE-Proxy can negotiate (optional through the eNB) to access the App Server, such as the UE indicating the domain name (egwww.google.com) or address (eg110.238) of the App Server to be accessed. .2.38), UE-Proxy selects Server-Proxy according to the correspondence between the configured App Server and Server-Proxy.
  • the UE transparent mode the UE directly sends a data packet to the UE-Proxy.
  • the UE-Proxy learns the App Server that the UE needs to access according to the IP data packet header or the domain name in the HTTP packet header in the data packet, and searches for the corresponding Server-Proxy.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart of an access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in Figure 4 and Figure 6, and may include:
  • the UE establishes a connection with the UE-AP.
  • the UE establishes an air interface signaling connection between the camped cell and the corresponding UE-AP through an RRC procedure, to transmit UE-specific signaling.
  • the UE registers the network by using the UE-AP.
  • the UE requests the controller through the UE-AP, and after the security process such as authentication, the controller agrees to the UE request, and the Controller may request the UE-AP and the UE to establish a wireless data bearer, and allocate the local IP to the UE (or Assigned to the UE by the UE-AP).
  • the Controller may be an independent node or merged with a UE-AP into one node. Since the UE-AP acts as a wireless node and may be distributed in various areas, security may be poor. The operator may wish to deploy a centralized security controller for managing a large number of UE-APs. The deployment of UE-AP and Controller is more suitable for deployment with home deployment or enterprise mall.
  • the UE sends a data packet directed to App Server1.
  • the UE wants to access the App Server1, and sends a data packet to the UE-AP through the wireless data bearer, with the local IP as the source address and the AppServer1IP as the destination address.
  • the UE-AP searches for a corresponding Server-Proxy1.
  • the UE-AP checks whether there is a corresponding tunnel or Server-Proxy configuration according to the destination address. If there is, it will be sent to the corresponding Server-Proxy through the connection. If there is no connection between the new server and the server, the UE-AP requests the server to establish a Server-Proxy connection, and carries the destination address or the Server-Proxy ID that you want to connect to (by checking the destination address and the Server-Proxy mapping). , as well as its own address and tunnel configuration, local IP and other information.
  • the Controller sends a Create Tunnel Request to the corresponding Server-Proxy1 of the App Server1, which carries information such as a UE-AP address, a tunnel configuration, and a local IP.
  • Server-Proxy1 allocates Remote IP1 to the UE.
  • the server-Proxy1 After receiving the Create Tunnel Request, the server-Proxy1 allocates a Remote IP1 address to the UE in its IP pool, and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response notification Controller, and saves the remote IP1, UE-AP, and corresponding The correspondence of the tunnel.
  • the Controller notifies the UE-AP related information.
  • the Controller notifies the UE-AP of the information returned by the Server-Proxy.
  • the UE-AP converts address information of the data packet.
  • the UE-AP saves the tunnel address information allocated by the Server-Proxy1 and the UE remote IP1.
  • the local IP and remote IP1 are converted to the UE data.
  • the UE-AP converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP1 assigned by the Server-Proxy1 corresponding to the destination address.
  • the UE-AP converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP1 to local IP.
  • two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • the UE sends a data packet directed to App Server2.
  • the UE wants to access the App Server 2, and sends a data packet to the UE-AP through the wireless data bearer, with the local IP as the source address and the App Server 2 IP as the destination address.
  • the UE-AP searches for a corresponding Server-Proxy2.
  • the UE-AP checks whether there is a corresponding tunnel or according to a destination address. Server-Proxy configuration. If there is, it will be sent to the corresponding Server-Proxy through the connection. If there is no connection between the new server and the server, the UE-AP requests the server to establish a Server-Proxy connection, and carries the destination address or the Server-Proxy ID that you want to connect to (by checking the destination address and the Server-Proxy mapping). , as well as its own address and tunnel configuration, local IP and other information.
  • the Controller notifies the server-Proxy2 related information.
  • the Controller sends a Create Tunnel Request to the corresponding Server-Proxy1 of the App Server1, which carries information such as a UE-AP address, a tunnel configuration, and a local IP.
  • S812 Server-Proxy2 allocates Remote IP2 to the UE.
  • the server-Proxy2 After receiving the Create Tunnel Request, the server-Proxy2 allocates a Remote IP2 address to the UE in its IP pool, and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response notification Controller, and saves the remote IP1, UE-AP, and corresponding The correspondence of the tunnel.
  • S813 The Controller notifies the UE-AP related information.
  • the Controller notifies the UE-AP of the information returned by the Server-Proxy.
  • the UE-AP converts the address information of the data packet.
  • the UE-AP saves the tunnel address information allocated by the Server-Proxy2 and the UE remote IP2.
  • the local IP and remote IP2 are converted to the UE data.
  • the UE-AP converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP2 assigned by the Server-Proxy2 corresponding to the destination address.
  • the UE-AP converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP1 to local IP.
  • two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a second handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is an example of the method illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • the UE-AP and Controller functions are combined as an example.
  • the UE initially accesses UE-AP1 and performs services with App Server1 and AppServer2, respectively, and the corresponding agents are Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2.
  • the user plane data between the UE and the UE-AP is represented by a-1, a-2; UE-AP1 and The user plane data between Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 is represented by c-1 and c-2; the user plane data between Server-Proxy1, Server-Proxy2 and App Server1 and AppServer2 is d-1 and d-2. Said.
  • S901 UE1 connects to Server1 through UE-AP1 and Server Proxy1, and transmits data.
  • the server-Proxy1 assigns the remote IP1 to the UE, the UE-AP1 assigns the local IP to the UE, and the Server-Proxy2 assigns the remote IP2 to the UE.
  • UE-AP1 performs local IP to remote IP1 conversion for data between UE and App Server 1, or Server-Proxy2 performs local IP to remote IP2 conversion for data between UE and App Server 2.
  • UE1 connects to Server2 through UE-AP2 and Server Proxy2, and transmits data.
  • the UE detects signal quality of UE-AP1 and UE-AP2.
  • the UE moves from the UE-AP1 lower cell to the UE-AP2 lower cell boundary, according to the measurement configuration sent by the UE-AP1 to the UE, when the measurement report condition is met, for example, the UE-AP2 lower cell is lower than the UE-AP1 lower cell.
  • the UE reports a measurement report to UE-AP1.
  • the UE-AP1 initiates a UE-AP1 and UE-AP2 handover procedure to the UE.
  • the UE-AP1 receives the measurement report, and determines that the UE should switch to the cell with stronger signal according to the handover decision algorithm. In this embodiment, the UE-AP1 determines that the UE should switch to the UE-AP2, and therefore initiates the UE- AP1 and UE-AP2 handover procedures. In this embodiment, the X2 handover is used as an example.
  • the UE-AP1 and the UE-AP2 exchange the context information, the local IP information, and the configuration information of the Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, including the address information, by using the handover request and the handover response message.
  • Tunnel information, remote IP1/IP2 information, UE-AP1 address and tunnel information, and the UE-AP2 prepares the corresponding resources to configure the handover command and establish a reverse tunnel between UE-AP 1 and UE-AP 2 Work to transmit data that UE-AP1 failed to send to the UE during handover. After completion, the UE-AP2 sends a handover response to the UE-AP1, which includes a handover command.
  • the UE switches to connect to the UE-AP2.
  • the UE-AP1 sends a handover command to the terminal through the RRC Reconfiguration message, instructing the terminal to switch to the cell middle area under the eNB2, and the terminal leaves the source cell after receiving.
  • UE-AP1 may start to transmit data to UE-AP2, and may send SN status transfer to UE-AP2 through UE-AP1 to inform the UE of the final data reception status, so as to continue transmission in UE-AP2.
  • the UE notifies the UE-AP2 that the handover is completed.
  • the UE accesses the new cell, and sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the UE-AP2, indicating that the air interface switching process is completed.
  • UE-AP2 initiates a connection modification process to Sever-Proxy1.
  • the UE-AP2 initiates a Proxy Connection Modification process to the Server-Proxy1, and the data of the modified Server-Proxy1 is changed from being sent to the UE-AP1 to being sent to the UE-AP2.
  • UE-AP2 initiates a connection modification process to Sever-Proxy2.
  • the UE-AP2 also initiates a Proxy Connection Modification process to the Server-Proxy2, and the data of the modified Server-Proxy2 is changed from being sent to the UE-AP1 to being sent to the UE-AP2.
  • the UE connects to Server1 through UE-AP2 and Server Proxy1.
  • S910 The UE connects to Server2 through UE-AP2 and Server Proxy2.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of a third transmission scenario of the present embodiment.
  • the first node is a terminal (referred to as “UE” in this embodiment)
  • the first gateway node is a terminal proxy device (referred to as “UE-Proxy” in this embodiment)
  • the second node is a server. (referred to as “APP Server” in this embodiment)
  • a second gateway node referred to as "Server-Proxy” in this embodiment) is built in the server.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a third (a) stack structure of the embodiment.
  • the UE-AP can directly connect to the App Server through a tunnel.
  • the AppServer can be notified to change the tunnel, thereby maintaining Business continuity of the UE.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a third (b) stack structure of the present embodiment.
  • the difference between this embodiment and FIG. 15 lies in the 802.11 (ie, 1 Wifi) protocol connection used by the UE and the UE-AP air interface, UE-AP and Server-Proxy. Between the use of CAPWAP and the same as GTP-U, it is another tunneling protocol.
  • the Server-Proxy also connects to the App Server through a point-to-point connection protocol connection (such as PPP and VPN protocol).
  • the embodiment described in FIG. 9 and FIG. 13 is connected to the Server-Proxy through the routing method App-Server.
  • the UE needs to modify the local IP to the remote IP, so that when the App Server sends data to the UE through the remote IP, it will be routed to the Server-Proxy.
  • the implementation of the connection protocol establishes a dedicated channel directly connected to the App Server and the Server-Proxy.
  • the data between the App Server and the Server-Proxy does not need to be directly routed through the route (same as the tunnel), and the process of modifying to the remote IP is avoided.
  • App Server can only serve users from Server-Proxy. In actual deployment, you can deploy a dedicated server, or the same server.
  • a network interface on the server, or a virtual network interface is connected to the Server-Proxy. Other servers or other interfaces can also serve users from outside the Server-Proxy.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a fourth transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first node is a server (referred to as "APP Server” in this embodiment)
  • the first gateway node is a server proxy device (referred to as "Server-Proxy” in this embodiment)
  • the second gateway node is It is a terminal proxy device (referred to as "UE-Proxy” in this embodiment)
  • the second node is a terminal (referred to as "UE” in this embodiment).
  • the first node to be moved in this embodiment is the APP server.
  • the main reason is that the load between the APP servers is uniform. For example, the server 1 CPU or the memory usage is too high, and the data of some terminals is transferred from the server 1 to the server 2.
  • the server connected to the user 1 is transferred from the server 1 to the server 2.
  • the IP address of the server remains unchanged for the terminal 1 during the whole process, and the server can synchronize the context information of the terminal on the server, thereby the terminal 1
  • the server changes are invisible or transparent, and the business is uninterrupted during server replacement.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is an example of the method illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • the terminal moves from the general agent device 1 to the terminal agent device 2.
  • the process is as shown in the above embodiment, and details are not described herein.
  • the server 2 may be closer to the transmission distance of the terminal device, and the server 2 may be more suitable.
  • the server proxy device or the route management node may trigger the migration process of the server of the service terminal from the server 1 to the server 2.
  • the specific process can include:
  • the server proxy device 1 or the routing management node can negotiate a server switch with the server 1. If it is agreed to start the proxy device switching process by the server proxy device 1.
  • the server proxy device 1 transfers the context information of the related server to the server proxy device 2. It is ensured that the server agent 2 can forward the data sent by the terminal to the server 1 to the server 2, and the terminal does not need to change the IP address of the server, thereby ensuring the continuity of the IP.
  • the server proxy device 1 forwards the data sent by the terminal through the terminal agent 2 to the server proxy device 2, which is ready to be cached by the server proxy device.
  • the server proxy device 1 instructs the server 1 to perform a server switch to the server 2.
  • S1004 server 1 can forward the service context information related to the APP to the new server 2, including the connection information (TCP connection configuration information, service status information) of the terminal, so that the terminal can be in the original The service progress continues to ensure continuity of business. If the service context related to the APP is not forwarded, the server 1 notifies the address information of the server 2 terminal, and may need to resend the service connection request by the terminal.
  • the connection information TCP connection configuration information, service status information
  • the server agent device 2 After the S1005 server 2 is ready, the server agent device 2 is notified to perform route switching. At this time, the server proxy device transmits the cache data sent by the terminal to the server proxy 1 to the server 2.
  • the server proxy device 2 notifies the terminal proxy device 2 to transfer the data stream from the original server proxy device 1 to the server proxy device 2. It is then forwarded to the server 2 by the server proxy device 2.
  • This embodiment describes that when the App Server changes, service continuity can still be maintained, that is, the UE is invisible. Generally, it can be applied to the App Server for load balancing, or when the UE moves, change to the scenario of an App Server (such as a CDN server) that is closer to the UE, so as to obtain a better resource and a shorter delay and a better user experience.
  • an App Server such as a CDN server
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a fifth (a) transmission scenario of the present embodiment.
  • the first node is a terminal (referred to as “UE” in this embodiment)
  • the first gateway node is a terminal proxy device
  • the second node is a server (referred to as "APP Server” in this embodiment)
  • the second gateway node is a server proxy device (referred to as "Server-Proxy” in this embodiment).
  • the main change of this implementation is caused by the built-in terminal of the first gateway node, and the same applies to the scenario in which the second gateway node is built in or not built into the server.
  • the terminal connects to the second gateway node and the server through a network access device (which may be a base station or an AP). Since the first gateway node of the embodiment is built in the terminal, when the terminal moves, the first gateway follows the terminal to move, so the terminal does not need to replace the first gateway node.
  • a network access device which may be a base station or an AP
  • FIG 23 is a schematic flowchart of an access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in Figure 4 and Figure 6, and may include:
  • S1101 The terminal establishes a connection with the access network device.
  • the UE establishes an air interface signaling connection between the camped cell and the corresponding eNB by using an RRC (Radio Resource Control) procedure to transmit UE-specific signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • S1102 The UE registers the network by using an eNB.
  • the UE sends an Attach Request through an air interface connection to register the network.
  • S1103 The eNB registers a network with the UE for the centralized controller or the MME.
  • the eNB passes the Initial UE Message and carries the Attach Request message sent by the UE to the MME.
  • the MME needs to authenticate whether the two nodes are trusted nodes. And generate related information such as encryption algorithm and secret key for subsequent security processes.
  • the MME selects a UE-Proxy for the UE. Specifically, if the authentication is successful, the MME selects the UE-Proxy and initiates a Create Proxy Request.
  • the UE-Proxy is built in the UE.
  • the UE may carry the information of the UE-Proxy in the signaling (such as S1102) in the foregoing access procedure, so that the MME selects the built-in UE-Proxy.
  • the Create Proxy Request carries various subscription and privilege information of the UE, and is used to assist the UE-Proxy to allocate a local address (local IP) to the UE.
  • S1106 The UE-Proxy allocates a local IP to the UE.
  • the UE-Proxy allocates the local IP to the UE. Otherwise, the UE-Proxy directly uses the local IP in the Create Proxy Request as the local IP of the UE and allocates its corresponding GTP-U TEID by service. , sent to the MME through Create Proxy Response.
  • the MME establishes a connection with the eNB.
  • the MME and the eNB establish a user plane bearer (tunnel) between the eNB and the UE-Proxy through the Initial Context Setup.
  • a user plane bearer tunnel
  • S1108 The eNB sends a message that the MME configures the local IP to the UE.
  • a corresponding air interface user plane bearer (radio bearer) is established between the eNB and the UE, and then the corresponding local IP is notified to the UE.
  • S1109 The UE sends a data packet directed to the server 1 (App Server 1).
  • the UE wants to access the AppServer1, it carries the data through the air interface user plane and uses the local IP as the source address to send the data to the UE-Proxy.
  • S1110 The UE-Proxy searches for the corresponding server proxy device 1 (Server-Proxy1).
  • the UE-Proxy After receiving the data packet, the UE-Proxy searches for the corresponding server proxy Server-Proxy1 according to the destination address. And if the corresponding UE has established a connection between the corresponding UE-Proxy and Server-Proxy1, if yes, step S1113 is performed.
  • the terminal proxy device caches the data, and queries the controller or the MME for the corresponding server proxy device.
  • the controller or the MME determines the server and the server proxy device according to the packet characteristics reported by the terminal agent, such as the protocol header of the data packet. And return its corresponding identification information or address information to the terminal proxy device.
  • the S1111 terminal agent initiates a Create Tunnel Request.
  • S1112Server-Proxy1 assigns a proxy address 1 (Remote IP1) to the UE.
  • the server-Proxy1 allocates a Remote IP1 to the UE in its IP pool, and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response to notify the UE-Proxy, and saves the remote IP1, UE-Proxy, and Correspondence of the corresponding tunnel.
  • S1113 The UE-Proxy converts the address information of the data packet.
  • the UE-Proxy converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP1 assigned by the Server-Proxy1 corresponding to the destination address. For packets sent from the App Server to the UE, the UE-Proxy converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP1 to local IP. At this point, two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • S1114 The UE sends a data packet directed to the server 2 (App Server 2).
  • the UE wants to access the App Server 2, it carries the data packet through the air interface user plane and uses the local IP as the source address to send the data packet to the UE-Proxy through the eNB.
  • UE-Proxy finds the corresponding server proxy device 2 (Server-Proxy2). Specifically, after receiving the data packet, the UE-Proxy searches for the corresponding server proxy Server-Proxy2 according to the destination address. And finds whether the corresponding UE has established a connection between the corresponding UE-Proxy and Server-Proxy2, if yes, step S1118 is performed.
  • the terminal proxy device caches the data, and, like S1110, queries the controller or the MME for the corresponding server proxy device.
  • the controller or the MME determines the server and the server proxy device according to the packet characteristics reported by the terminal agent, such as the protocol header of the data packet. And return its corresponding identification information or address information to the terminal proxy device.
  • the S1116 terminal proxy device initiates a Create Tunnel Request.
  • S1117Server-Proxy2 assigns a proxy address 2 (Remote IP2) to the UE.
  • the Server-Proxy2 receives the Create Tunnel Request, it is in the IP pool.
  • the UE allocates the remote IP2 and establishes a tunnel corresponding to the UE, and sends a Create Tunnel Response to notify the UE-Proxy, and saves the correspondence between the remote IP2, the UE-Proxy, and the corresponding tunnel.
  • S1117 The UE-Proxy converts the source address of the data packet.
  • the UE-Proxy converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP2 assigned by the Server-Proxy2 corresponding to the destination address. For packets sent from the App Server to the UE, the UE-Proxy converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP2 to local IP. At this point, two-way data communication can be performed between the UE and the App Server.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a first handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • Base station 1 eNB1 transmits services to both server 1 (App Server 1) and server 2 (App Server 2), and App Server 1 and App Server 2 correspond to server proxy device 1 (Server-Proxy 1) and server proxy 2 (Server-Proxy 2), respectively. .
  • the user plane data between the UE and the terminal device proxy is represented by a-1 and a-2; the user plane data between the terminal device proxy and the eNB is represented by b-1 and b-2; eNB1 and Server-Proxy1;
  • the user plane data between Server-Proxy2 is represented by c-1 and c-2; the user plane data between Server-Proxy1, Server-Proxy2, and App Server1 and AppServer2 is represented by d-1 and d-2.
  • Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 respectively assign remote IP1 and remote IP2 to the UE, and the terminal device proxy assigns a local IP to the UE.
  • the terminal device agent converts the source address in the IP header from the local IP to the remote IP2 assigned by the Server-Proxy2 corresponding to the destination address.
  • the terminal device proxy converts the destination address in the IP header from remote IP2 to local IP.
  • S1201 The UE detects signal quality of eNB1 and eNB2.
  • the UE moves from the eNB1 lower cell to the eNB2 lower cell boundary.
  • the measurement configuration sent by the eNB1 to the UE when the measurement report condition is met, if the eNB2 lower cell is 3 dB larger than the received signal strength of the eNB1 lower cell, The UE reports the measurement report to the eNB1.
  • eNB1 initiates an eNB1 and eNB2 handover procedure to the UE.
  • the eNB receives the measurement report, and according to the handover decision algorithm, determines that the UE should switch to the cell with stronger signal.
  • the eNB1 determines that the UE should handover to the eNB2, and therefore initiates the handover process of the eNB1 and the eNB2.
  • the handover is divided into the S1 handover and the X2 handover.
  • the X2 handover is taken as an example.
  • the eNB1 and the eNB2 exchange the context information of the UE through the handover request and the handover response message, and the address of the UE-Proxy and the Server-Proxy 1/2.
  • the tunnel information, and the eNB2 prepares the corresponding resource to configure the handover command and establish a reverse tunnel between eNB1 and eNB2, etc., for transmitting data that the eNB1 fails to send to the UE during the handover.
  • the eNB1 sends a handover command to the terminal through the RRC Reconfiguration message, instructing the terminal to switch to the cell middle zone under the eNB2, and the UE leaves the original cell after receiving.
  • the eNB1 hands over the data to the eNB2. Specifically, the eNB1 sends an SN status transfer to the eNB2, indicating the last PDCP SN number transmitted to the UE, for eNB2 to continue the PDCP data continuation and the terminal transmission, and if no transmission is successful, the eNB2 and the UE negotiate a retransmission.
  • the downlink data c-1-D and c-2-D sent by the Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 to the c-1 and c-2 of the eNB1 cannot be sent to the UE, where
  • the reverse tunnel established in step S1202 is sent by eNB1 to eNB2, and indicated by F-1-D and F-2-D, eNB2 buffers this part of data until the UE successfully connects and then sends it to the UE.
  • S1204, UE1 and the terminal device proxy connect Server1 to Server Proxy1 through eNB2, and Server2 is connected to Server2, and transmits data.
  • the UE searches for the new cell indicated in the handover command, and synchronizes with the cell, and initiates random access to the cell according to the random access configuration in the handover command. After the success, the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message is sent to notify the eNB2 to complete the handover. . So far, the UE and the eNB 2 have successfully established the air bearer of the air interface.
  • the data sent by App Server1/App Server2 is d-1-D/d-2-D to Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, and then the proxy forwards c-1-D/c-2-D to eNB1.
  • the eNB1 sends the F-1-D/F-2-D to the eNB2 through the reverse tunnel, and the eNB2 transmits the reversed data to the B-1-D in the air interface, and the B-2-D is sent to the terminal device proxy, and the terminal device
  • the proxy transforms B-1-D, B-2-D into a-1-D and a-2-D through address translation.
  • the UE sends a-1-U and a-2-U to the terminal device proxy, and the terminal device sends the B-1-U and the B-2-U to the eNB2 through the air interface bearer.
  • the eNB2 sends the C-1-U/C-2-U to the Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2 according to the address tunnel information of the Server-Proxy 1/2 in step S1202, and the Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2 passes the d-1. -U/d-2-U routes to App-Server1/App-Server2. If S1202 does not inform the address tunnel information of eNB2Server-Proxy1/2, eNB2 buffers all uplink data.
  • the eNB2 sends a Path Switch message to the MME, and it is hoped that the Server-Proxy 1/2 directly transmits the downlink data of the C-1-D/C-2-D to the eNB2 to avoid forwarding from the eNB1.
  • the MME notifies Server-Proxy 1/2 to send downlink data to eNB2.
  • Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 send d-1-D and d-2-D from App Server to eNB2 through C-1-D and C-2-D respectively, and eNB2 passes B-1-D through air interface.
  • B-2-D is sent to the terminal device agent, and the terminal device agent is sent to the terminals a-1-D and a-2-D after address conversion.
  • the UE and the terminal device agent transmit data through Server eNB1 and Server1 through eNB2, and transmit data to Server Proxy2 and Server2.
  • Server Proxy1 and Server Proxy2 notify the MME of success.
  • S1209 The MME notifies the eNB2 that the handover is successful.
  • the MME replies to the eNB2 with the Path Switch Request Acknowledge, indicating that the App-Proxy 1/2 handover succeeds, and carries the address and tunnel information corresponding to the service uplink data. If the eNB2 buffers the uplink data of the terminal in step S1204, the corresponding cached data may be sent to the App-Proxy 1/2 and then sent to the corresponding App-Server. At this point, the data between the UE and the App Server is all forwarded through the terminal device proxy, eNB2 and App-Proxy.
  • S1210 The eNB2 controls the eNB1 to delete the context information.
  • the eNB2 can generally set a timer or wait for the last packet end marker to receive the UE context information.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a fifth (b) transmission scenario provided by this embodiment.
  • the terminal and the first network gateway node can communicate through the internal interface, and even the functions of the terminal and the first gateway can be implemented by the same program, and the terminal can conveniently acquire the first gateway node. Terminal context information, therefore, the embodiment is different from the embodiment of FIG. 22 in that it will end
  • the terminal directly has the function of the first gateway node.
  • this node having both the terminal and the function of the first gateway node is referred to as an access node for convenience of description.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic flowchart of an access process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is an example of the method shown in Figure 4 and Figure 6, and may include:
  • the access node establishes a connection with the access network device.
  • the UE establishes an air interface signaling connection between the camped cell and the corresponding eNB by using an RRC (Radio Resource Control) procedure to transmit UE-specific signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the access node registers through the access network device.
  • the access network device sends a registration request through an air interface connection to register the network.
  • the access network device sends a registration request to the centralized controller.
  • the MME may be configured to carry the Attach Request message sent by the UE to the MME through the Initial UE Message in the LTE system.
  • the LTE system MME processes the Attach Request, it is necessary to authenticate whether the two nodes are trusted nodes through an authentication process. And generate related information such as encryption algorithm and secret key for subsequent security processes. If passed, a subsequent signaling process can be performed between the access node and the controller. A default transmission path is established between the optional access node and the controller.
  • the access node may initiate a service request to the controller node, and the access node requests the controller to access the service or server through signaling.
  • the access node may indicate service type, service provider information, service identification information, service domain name or URL information (such as www.youtube.com or www.myvideo.com/service/portal1), service address information (such as IP address information 10.238) .2.38) Wait for the controller node to confirm the server that needs to be accessed.
  • the access node can use the default IP address on the temporary default transport path in step S1304.
  • the source address a packet that needs to be sent to the server is sent to the controller.
  • the controller confirms the server to be connected and the corresponding server proxy device by identifying the characteristics of the data packet (such as the IP packet header or the HTTP header in the data packet).
  • the controller sends information corresponding to the server or the server proxy device (such as identification information, address information) to the access node.
  • the access node saves a binding relationship between the information corresponding to the server or the server proxy device and the corresponding service.
  • the access node establishes a connection relationship with the corresponding server proxy device, allocates remote IP1, uses the IP as the IP address when the access node communicates with the server, and communicates with the server through the server proxy node.
  • the access node access node may initiate a service request to the controller node or the access node sends a data packet that needs to be sent to the controller, and the carrying information is consistent with S1305.
  • the controller selects the server and the corresponding server proxy device.
  • the S1308 controller needs to be configured or negotiated with the server proxy device, such as negotiating whether to accept the access node. If it is not acceptable, it may need to select a new server node. Or if it is necessary to establish a related transmission configuration, the server proxy device needs to establish a corresponding transmission configuration, such as a transmission tunnel configuration or routing table configuration information, and also includes a remote IP2 assigned to the access node, and returns to the controller node.
  • a corresponding transmission configuration such as a transmission tunnel configuration or routing table configuration information
  • the S1309 controller notifies the access node of the result of the server or server proxy selection so that the access node communicates with the corresponding server and its server proxy node as shown.
  • the access node uses the remote IP2 as the IP address of the access node and the server when communicating with each other.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of a first handover process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal and the first network gateway node may communicate through an internal interface, and may even The function of the first gateway is implemented by the same program, so the terminal can conveniently obtain the terminal context information of the first gateway node.
  • this node having both the terminal and the first gateway function is referred to as an access node for convenience of description.
  • the access network device 1 to which the access node is initially connected transmits traffic to the server 1 (App Server 1) and the server 2 (App Server 2), and App Server 1 and App Server 2 correspond to the server proxy device 1 (Server-Proxy 1) and the server proxy respectively.
  • Server-Proxy2 The face data is represented by b-1 and b-2; the user plane data between the access network device 1 and Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 is represented by c-1 and c-2; Server-Proxy1, Server-Proxy2 and App The user plane data between Server1 and AppServer2 is represented by d-1 and d-2.
  • Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 respectively assign remote IP1 and remote IP2 to the access node.
  • the access node communicates with server 1 and server 2 using remote IP1 and remote IP2, respectively.
  • the access node detects signal quality of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.
  • the UE moves from the eNB1 lower cell to the eNB2 lower cell boundary.
  • the eNB2 lower cell has a stronger received signal than the eNB1 lower cell.
  • the UE reports a measurement report to eNB1.
  • the access network device 1 initiates a handover procedure of the access node from the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.
  • the eNB receives the measurement report by using the LTE as an example, and determines that the UE should switch to the cell with stronger signal according to the handover decision algorithm.
  • the eNB1 determines that the UE should handover to the eNB2, and therefore initiates the handover process of the eNB1 and the eNB2.
  • the handover is divided into the S1 handover and the X2 handover.
  • the X2 handover is taken as an example.
  • the eNB1 and the eNB2 exchange the context information of the UE, the address of the Server-Proxy 1/2, and the tunnel information through the handover request and the handover response message, and The eNB2 prepares the corresponding resource to configure the handover command and establishes a reverse tunnel between eNB1 and eNB2 to transmit data that the eNB1 fails to send to the UE during the handover.
  • the access node receives the handover command.
  • the eNB1 sends a handover command to the terminal through the RRC Reconfiguration message, instructing the terminal to switch to the cell middle zone under the eNB2, and the UE leaves the original cell after receiving.
  • the eNB1 hands over the data to the eNB2. Specifically, the eNB1 sends an SN status transfer to the eNB2, indicating the last PDCP SN number transmitted to the UE, for eNB2 to continue the PDCP data continuation and the terminal transmission, and if no transmission is successful, the eNB2 and the UE negotiate a retransmission.
  • the downlink data c-1-D and c-2-D sent by the Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 to the c-1 and c-2 of the eNB1 cannot be sent to the UE, where
  • the reverse tunnel established in step S1202 is sent by eNB1 to eNB2, and indicated by F-1-D and F-2-D, eNB2 buffers this part of data until the UE successfully connects and then sends it to the UE.
  • S1404 The access node connects to Server1 through the access network device 2 and the server Proxy1.
  • Server Proxy2 connects to Server2 and transmits data.
  • the UE searches for a new cell indicated in the handover command, and synchronizes with the cell, and initiates random access to the cell according to the random access configuration in the handover command. After successful, the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message is sent. , inform eNB2 to complete the handover. So far, the UE and the eNB 2 have successfully established the air bearer of the air interface.
  • the data sent by App Server1/App Server2 is d-1-D/d-2-D to Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, and then the proxy forwards c-1-D/c-2-D to eNB1.
  • the eNB1 transmits the F-1-D/F-2-D to the eNB2 through the reverse tunnel, and the eNB2 transmits the back-transmitted data to the UE in the air interface B-1-D, and the B-2-D.
  • the UE sends B-1-U and B-2-U to the eNB2 through the bearer bearer, and the eNB2 may send the C-1-U/C-2- according to the address tunnel information of the Server-Proxy 1/2 in step S1402.
  • U is sent to Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2, and Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2 is routed to App-Server1/App-Server2 through d-1-U/d-2-U. If S1402 does not inform the address tunnel information of eNB2Server-Proxy1/2, eNB2 buffers all uplink data.
  • eNB2 sends a Path Switch message to the MME, and it is hoped that Server-Proxy 1/2 directly transmits the downlink data of C-1-D/C-2-D to eNB2 to avoid forwarding from eNB1.
  • the controller notifies the server agent to send the downlink data to the access network device 2.
  • the MME notifies Server-Proxy 1/2 to transmit downlink data to eNB2.
  • Server-Proxy1 and Server-Proxy2 send d-1-D and d-2-D from App Server to eNB2 through C-1-D and C-2-D respectively, and eNB2 passes B-1-D through air interface. And B-2-D are sent to the UE.
  • the UE transmits data through Server eNB1 and Server1 through eNB2, and transmits data to Server Proxy2 and Server2.
  • Server Proxy1 and Server Proxy2 notify the MME of success.
  • S1408 The controller notifies the access network device 2 that the handover is successful.
  • the MME replies with the Path Switch Request Acknowledge to the eNB 2, indicating that the App-Proxy 1/2 handover succeeds, and carries the address and tunnel information corresponding to the service uplink data. If the eNB2 buffers the uplink data of the terminal in step S1404, the corresponding cached data may be sent to the App-Proxy 1/2 and then sent to the corresponding App-Server. So far between UE and App Server All data is forwarded through eNB2 and App-Proxy
  • the access network device 2 controls the access network device 1 to delete the context information.
  • the eNB2 can generally set a timer or wait for the last packet end marker to receive the UE context information.
  • the first gateway node is built in the first node, so that the first node can conveniently obtain the terminal context information of the first gateway node. Even the functions of the first node and the first gateway node are implemented by the same program, and the remote IP can be directly used. The mutual conversion process between local IP and remote IP can be avoided.
  • the first node and the second node can directly communicate using the corresponding end-to-end IP address, avoiding some service protocols (such as SIP) that need to directly use the end-to-end IP address. Protocol) Because of the intermediate address translation function, the problem can be unusable.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a gateway node according to the first embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the first gateway node in FIG. 4.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a node selection module 110, a proxy address obtaining module 120, a source address translation module 130, and a data packet sending module 140, where:
  • the node selection module 110 is configured to select a second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the node selection module 110 is configured to: acquire a data packet sent by the first node, where a target address of the data packet is a network address of the second node, and select a second gateway node according to the target address of the data packet. .
  • the node selection module 110 is configured to: obtain request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and the first gateway node selects according to the request signaling.
  • the second gateway node is configured to: obtain request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and the first gateway node selects according to the request signaling. The second gateway node.
  • the proxy address obtaining module 120 is configured to obtain a proxy address that is allocated by the second gateway node to the first node.
  • the source address translation module 130 is configured to convert a source address of the data packet sent by the first node by a local address of the first node to the proxy address;
  • the data packet sending module 140 is configured to send the converted data packet to the second gateway node, so that the second gateway node sends the data packet to the second node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an address allocation module 150, configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • an address allocation module 150 configured to allocate a local address to the first node when determining that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a connection determining module 160 and a request sending module 170, where:
  • the connection determining module 160 is configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the request sending module 170 is configured to: when the connection determining module determines that a connection is not established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second The gateway node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown in the figure may further include a data packet obtaining module 180, which acquires a data packet sent by the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown in the figure may further include an information sending module 190, configured to send the context information of the first node when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node.
  • the context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first according to the context information And determining, by the node, the second gateway node, thereby causing the first node to connect to the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and sending a data packet to the second node.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another gateway node according to the first embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the first gateway node in FIG. 5.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a node selection module 210 and a data packet sending module 220, where:
  • the node selection module 210 is configured to select the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the node selection module 210 is configured to: obtain a data packet sent by the first node, where a target address of the data packet is a network address of the second node, and select a second gateway node according to the target address of the data packet. .
  • the node selection module 210 is configured to: obtain request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and the first gateway node selects according to the request signaling. The second gateway node.
  • a data packet sending module 220 configured to send the data packet sent by the first node to the second gateway node, so that after the second gateway node allocates a proxy address to the first node, The source address of the data packet is converted to the proxy address by the local address of the first node, and the converted data packet is sent to the second node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an address assignment module 230 for assigning a local address to the first node when it is determined that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a connection determining module 240 and a request sending module 250, where:
  • the connection determining module 240 is configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the request sending module 250 is configured to send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node when the connection determining module determines that no connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, so that the second The gateway node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown in the figure may further include a data packet obtaining module 260, configured to acquire a data packet sent by the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown in the figure may further include an information sending module 270, configured to send the context information of the first node when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node.
  • the context information includes a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the first according to the context information And determining, by the node, the second gateway node, thereby causing the first node to connect to the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and sending a data packet to the second node.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of still another gateway node according to the first embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the second gateway node in FIG. 5.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a data packet obtaining module 310, a source address translation module 320, and a data packet transmission. Module 330, wherein:
  • the data packet obtaining module 310 is configured to acquire a data packet sent by the first node by using the first gateway node.
  • the source address translation module 320 is configured to convert a source address of the data packet from a local address of the first node to a proxy address.
  • the data packet sending module 330 is configured to send the converted data packet to the second node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a request acquisition module 340 and a connection establishment module 350, where:
  • the request obtaining module 340 is configured to obtain a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • the connection establishing module 350 is configured to establish a connection with the first gateway node, and allocate the proxy address to the first node.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a gateway node according to a second embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the first gateway node in FIG. 6.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a node selection module 410, a proxy address obtaining module 420, a target address translation module 430, and a data packet sending module 440, where:
  • the node selection module 410 is configured to select the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the node selection module 410 is specifically configured to: acquire a data packet sent by the first node, where a target address of the data packet is a network address of the second node, and select a second gateway node according to the target address of the data packet. .
  • the node selection module 410 is specifically configured to: obtain request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and the first gateway node selects according to the request signaling The second gateway node.
  • the proxy address obtaining module 420 is configured to obtain a local address of the first node.
  • the target address translation module 430 is configured to convert a target address of the data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node by a proxy address of the first node to the local address.
  • the data packet sending module 440 is configured to send the converted data packet to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an address allocation module 450 for When it is determined that the first node does not allocate a local address, the first node is assigned a local address.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a connection determining module 460 and a request sending module 470, where:
  • the connection determining module 460 is configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the request sending module 470 is configured to: when the connection determining module determines that no connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second The gateway node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown in the figure may further include a data packet obtaining module 480, configured to acquire a data packet sent by the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an information sending module 490, when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, the local gateway node will be the first node.
  • Context information is sent to the another gateway node, the context information including a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the location according to the context information. Determining the first node and determining the second gateway node, thereby causing the first node to connect to the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquiring the second node The data packet sent by the second gateway node.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another gateway node according to the second embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the first gateway node in FIG. 7.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a node selection module 510, a data packet obtaining module 520, and a data packet sending module 530, where:
  • the node selection module 510 is configured to select the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects to the second node by using the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the node selection module 510 is configured to: obtain a data packet sent by the first node, where a target address of the data packet is a network address of the second node, and select a second gateway node according to the target address of the data packet. .
  • the node selection module 510 is specifically configured to: acquire request signaling sent by the first node, where the request signaling carries information indicating the second gateway node; and the first gateway node according to the request letter Let the second gateway node be selected.
  • a data packet obtaining module 520 configured to acquire a data packet sent by the second node by using the second gateway node, where a target address of the data packet is used by the second gateway node by a proxy address of the first node Convert to the local address.
  • the data packet obtaining module 520 is further configured to acquire a data packet sent by the first node.
  • the data packet sending module 530 is configured to send the data packet to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an address assignment module 540, configured to allocate a local address to the first node when it is determined that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • an address assignment module 540 configured to allocate a local address to the first node when it is determined that the first node does not allocate a local address.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a connection determining module 550 and a request sending module 560, where:
  • the connection determining module 550 is configured to determine whether a connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node.
  • the request sending module 560 is configured to: when the connection determining module determines that no connection is established between the local gateway node and the second gateway node, send a connection establishment request to the second gateway node, so that the second The gateway node establishes a connection with the local gateway node and assigns a proxy address to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include an information sending module 570, when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, the local gateway node will be the first node Context information is sent to the another gateway node, the context information including a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the location according to the context information. Determining the first node and determining the second gateway node, thereby causing the first node to connect to the second node by using the another gateway node and the second gateway node, and acquiring the second node The data packet sent by the second gateway node.
  • an information sending module 570 when the first node switches from the local gateway node to another gateway node, the local gateway node will be the first node Context information is sent to the another gateway node, the context information including a local address of the first node and identification information of the second gateway node, so that the another gateway node identifies the location according to the context information. Determining
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of still another gateway node according to the first embodiment of the present invention, where the gateway node is used to implement related operations of the second gateway node in FIG. 7.
  • the gateway node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a data packet obtaining module 610, a target address translation module 620, and a data packet sending module 630, where:
  • a data packet obtaining module 610 configured to acquire a data packet sent by the second node
  • the target address translation module 620 is configured to use the target address of the data packet by the proxy of the first node The address is converted to a local address;
  • the data packet sending module 630 is configured to send the converted data packet to the first gateway node, so that the first gateway node sends the data packet to the first node.
  • the gateway node as shown may further include a request obtaining module 640 and a connection establishing module 650, where:
  • the request obtaining module 640 is configured to obtain a connection establishment request sent by the first gateway node
  • the connection establishing module 650 is configured to establish a connection with the first gateway node, and allocate the proxy address to the first node.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a node according to a third embodiment of the present invention, where the node is used to implement related operations of the first node in FIG. 7.
  • the node in the embodiment of the present invention may include at least a first transmission module 710, a connection switching module 720, and a second transmission module 730, where:
  • the first transmission module 710 is configured to connect to the second node by using the original first gateway node and the second gateway node, and perform data transmission with the second node.
  • connection switching module 720 is configured to disconnect the connection with the original first gateway node when the node connects to the new first gateway node.
  • the connection switching module 720 may further include a quality measuring unit 721, a quality reporting unit 722, and a connection switching unit 723, as shown in FIG.
  • a quality measuring unit 721, configured to separately measure signal quality of the original first gateway node and the new first gateway node
  • the quality reporting unit 722 is configured to report the signal strength of the new first gateway node to the original first gateway node, so that the original first gateway node is forwarded to the original first gateway node.
  • the node sends an indication switching instruction
  • the connection switching unit 723 is configured to receive the switching instruction, and switch to connect to the new first gateway node according to the switching instruction, and disconnect the connection with the original first gateway node.
  • the second transmission module 730 is configured to connect the second node by using the new first gateway node and the second gateway node, and perform data transmission with the second node.
  • the gateway The node may include at least one processor 701, such as a CPU, at least one communication interface 703, memory 704, and at least one communication bus 702.
  • the communication bus 702 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the memory 704 may be a high speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the memory 704 may also be at least one storage device located away from the foregoing processor 701.
  • the program code is stored in the memory 704. among them:
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the processor 701 calls a program in the memory 704 to perform a related operation of the first gateway node.
  • the node may include at least one processor 801, such as a CPU, at least one antenna port 803, a memory 804, and at least one communication bus 802.
  • the communication bus 802 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the memory 804 may be a high speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the memory 804 may also be at least one storage device located away from the foregoing processor 801.
  • a set of program codes is stored in the memory 804, and the processor 801 is configured to call the program code stored in the memory 804 for performing the following operations:
  • the first gateway node selects the second gateway node according to the request of the first node, so that the first node connects the second node through the first gateway node and the second gateway node, and transmits data in the uplink.
  • the first gateway node or the second gateway node converts the source address in the data packet sent by the first node from the local address of the first node to the proxy address, and then sends the source address to the second node, and when transmitting data in the downlink, the first The gateway node or the second gateway node converts the target address in the data packet sent by the second node from the proxy address of the first node to the local address, so in the process of data transmission of the first node and the second node, the first node
  • the source address used to send the data packet is always the local address of the first node, and the destination address used by the second node to send the data packet is always the proxy address of the first node, and the first node is visible (even between different first gateway nodes).
  • the local address of the switch is always unchanged, so the service established at the address is not interrupted, and the continuity of the service can be guaranteed, and the first section Do not have to maintain multiple address, it can reduce its complexity.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例公开了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;所述第一网关节点获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址;所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;所述第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。相应地,本发明实施例还公开了一种网关节点和一种节点。采用本发明,可以实现保证终端与服务器之间业务的连续性,同时降低终端的复杂度。

Description

一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点
本申请要求于2015年6月30日提交中国专利局,申请号为201510372777.5、发明名称为“一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本发明涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点。
背景技术
LTE(Long Term Evolved,长期演进)/SAE(System Architecture Evolved,系统架构演进)系统是蜂窝移动通信的演进系统,其目的是提供一种低时延、高数据传输速率、高容量以及低成本的通信网络。LTE/SAE系统中的SAE网关包括SGW(Serving Gateway,服务网关)和PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway,分组数据网络网关),SGW和PGW是两个逻辑实体。其中,PGW是UE(User Equipment,用户设备)接入到分组数据网的IP锚点,负责分配UE的IP地址,具有分组路由和转发的功能。
进一步地,由于PGW是UE的IP锚点,那么不管UE移动至什么地方,所有的数据包都要经过PGW,故被称为集中式锚点方案。需要指出的是,集中式锚点方案存在路径不优化的缺陷,如图1(A)所示,即使UE访问的APP Server(应用服务器)就在本地,数据包也必须从PGW绕路。为了克服集中式锚点方案的路径不优化的问题,行业内提出了一种本地化锚点方案,所谓本地化锚点方案是指在本地部署与PGW功能类似的LGW(Local Gateway,本地网关),LGW可以是一个独立的网络节点,也可以与eNB(Evolutional Node B,演进型基站)共站,如图1(B)所示,通过在本地部署LGW,UE访问应用服务器时,数据包无须从PGW绕路,缩短了路径。然而,本地化锚点方案却存在业务不连续的问题,如图2(A)所示,以LGW与eNB共站为例,当UE从原eNB的服务区移动到新eNB的服务区后,LGW变更(即IP锚点变更),导致UE的IP地址变更,进而建立在原IP地址上的业务会被中断。
IETF(The Internet Engineering Task Force,国际互联网工程任务组)提出DMM(Distributed Mobility Management,分布式移动性管理)方案来解决本地化锚点方案业务不连续的问题。DMM方案的主要思想是保持原LGW不变更,如图2(B)所示,当UE从原LGW移动至新LGW时,一方面UE不释放原IP地址(如图所示的IP1),建立在原IP地址上的业务由原LGW中转到应用服务器而不中断,另一方面UE分配新IP地址(如图所示的IP2),建立在新IP地址上的业务由新LGW直接连接到应用服务器,可见DMM方案可以解决业务不连续的问题。但是,该方案要求UE维护两个以上的IP地址,即要求UE对不同的业务使用不同的IP地址,增加了UE的复杂度。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点,可以实现保证终端与服务器之间业务的连续性,同时降低终端的复杂度。
本发明实施例第一方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
所述第一网关节点获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址;
所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;
所述第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。
在第一方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述第 一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第一方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第一方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第一方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
结合第一方面的第五种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中所述上下文信息还包括所述第一节点的代理地址,以使所述另一第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第十一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第二方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配代理地址后,将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址,并将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二节点。
在第二方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第二方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第二方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第二方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第二方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种 可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第三方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第二网关节点获取第一节点通过第一网关节点发送来的数据包;
所述第二网关节点将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址;
所述第二网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第二节点。
在第三方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点的本地地址是所述第一网关节点分配的。
在第三方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第二网关节点获取第一节点通过第一网关节点发送来的数据包之前,还包括:
所述第二网关节点获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备, 所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第四方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
所述第一网关节点获取所述第一节点的本地地址;
所述第一网关节点将所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包的目标地址由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
所述第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至所述第一节点。
在第四方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第四方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第四方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第四方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否 建立有连接;
若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第四方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第五方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点 通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
所述第一网关节点获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址被所述第二网关节点由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
所述第一网关节点将所述数据包发送至所述第一节点。
在第五方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第五方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第五方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第五方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第五方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述 上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第六方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第二网关节点获取第二节点发送来的数据包;
所述第二网关节点将所述数据包的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址;
所述第二网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第一网关节点,以使所述第一网关节点将其发送至所述第一节点。
在第六方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点的本地地址是所述第一网关节点分配的。
在第六方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第二网关节点获取第二节点发 送来的数据包之前,还包括:
所述第二网关节点获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第七方面提供了一种节点间数据传输的方法,包括:
第一节点通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输;
所述第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接;
所述第一节点通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
在第七方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接,包括:
所述第一节点分别测量所述原第一网关节点和所述新第一网关节点的信号质量;
所述第一节点在确定所述新第一网关节点的信号质量优于所述原第一网关节点时,向所述原第一网关节点上报,以使所述原第一网关节点向所述第一节点发送指示切换指令;
所述第一节点接收所述切换指令,并根据所述切换指令切换连接到所述新第一网关节点,以及断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。
在第七方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输,包括:
所述第一节点向上层发送路径转换请求,以使上层控制所述第二网关节点建立与所述新第一网关节点之间的连接。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第八方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
代理地址获取模块,用于获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址;
源地址转换模块,用于将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;
数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。
在第八方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第八方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第八方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第八方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第八方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使 所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
结合第八方面的第五种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述上下文信息还包括所述第一节点的代理地址,以使所述另一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一至第六任意一种可能实现方式,在第十一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第九方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
数据包发送模块,用于将所述第一节点发送来的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配代理地址后,将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址,并将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二节点。
在第九方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第九方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第九方面的第三种可能实现方式中,述网关节点还包括:
地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第九方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第九方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第十方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
数据包获取模块,用于获取第一节点通过第一网关节点发送来的数据包;
地址转换模块,用于将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址;
数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至第二节点。
在第十方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点的本地地址是所述第一网关节点分配的。
在第十方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
请求获取模块,用于获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
连接建立模块,用于与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实 现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,本网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第十一方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
地址获取模块,用于获取所述第一节点的本地地址;
地址转换模块,用于将所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包的目标地址由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第一节点。
在第十一方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第十一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第十一方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第十一方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第十一方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,本网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第十二方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
数据包获取模块,用于获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址被所述第二网关节点由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
数据包发送模块,用于将所述数据包发送至所述第一节点。
在第十二方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
结合第十二方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二种可能实现方式中,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
在第十二方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
在第十二方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
在第十二方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,本网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代 理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第九种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一至第五任意一种可能实现方式,在第十种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第十三方面提供了一种网关节点,包括:
数据包获取模块,用于获取第二节点发送来的数据包;
地址转换模块,用于将所述数据包的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址;
数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至第一网关节点,以使所述第一网关节点将其发送至所述第一节点。
在第十三方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点的本地地址是所述第一网关节点分配的。
在第十三方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述网关节点还包括:
请求获取模块,用于获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
连接建立模块,用于与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,本网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一或第二种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
本发明实施例第十四方面提供了一种节点,包括:
第一传输模块,用于通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输;
连接切换模块,用于本节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接;
第二传输模块,用于通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
在第十四方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述连接断开模块,包括:
质量测量模块,用于分别测量所述原第一网关节点和所述新第一网关节点的信号质量;
质量上报模块,用于在确定所述新第一网关节点的信号质量优于所述原第一网关节点时,向所述原第一网关节点上报,以使所述原第一网关节点向本节点发送指示切换指令;
连接切换模块,用于接收所述切换指令,并根据所述切换指令切换连接到所述新第一网关节点,以及断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。
在第十四方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第二传输模块,具体用于向 上层发送路径转换请求,以使上层控制所述第二网关节点建立与所述新第一网关节点之间的连接。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第二或第三种可能实现方式,在第三种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十四方面的第四种可能实现方式,在第四种可能实现方式中,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第二或第三种可能实现方式,在第五种可能实现方式中,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第二或第三种可能实现方式,在第六种可能实现方式中,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第二或第三种可能实现方式,在第七种可能实现方式中,所述本节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第二或第三种可能实现方式,在第八种可能实现方式中,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在上行传输数据时,第一网关节点或第二网关节点将第一节点发送的数据包中的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址后再发送至第二节点,在下行传输数据时,第一网关节点或第二网关节点将第二节点发送的数据包中的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第一节点发送数据包所用的源地址始终是第一节点的本地地址,第二节点发送数据包所用的目标地址始终是第一节点的代理地址,可见第一节 点(即使在不同的第一网关节点之间切换)的本地地址始终保持不变,因而建立在该地址上的业务不中断,可以保证业务的连续性,同时第一节点不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例,下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的场景示意图;
图2是本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的场景示意图;
图3是本发明实施例提供的一种节点间数据传输的场景示意图;
图4是本发明第一实施例的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图;
图5是本发明第一实施例的另一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图;
图6是本发明第二实施例的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图;
图7是本发明第二实施例的另一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图;
图8是本发明第三实施例的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图;
图9是本发明实施例提供的第一种传输场景的示意图;
图10是本发明实施例提供的第一种栈结构的示意图;
图11是本发明实施例提供的第一种接入过程的流程示意图;
图12是本发明实施例提供的第一种切换过程的流程示意图;
图13是本发明实施例提供的第二种传输场景的示意图;
图14是本发明实施例提供的第二种栈结构的示意图;
图15是本发明实施例提供的第二种接入过程的流程示意图;
图16是本发明实施例提供的第二种切换过程的流程示意图;
图17是本发明实施例提供的第三种传输场景的示意图;
图18是本发明实施例提供的第三(a)种栈结构的示意图;
图19是本发明实施例提供的第三(b)种栈结构的示意图;
图20是本发明实施例提供的第四种传输场景的示意图;
图21是本发明实施例提供的第四种切换过程的流程示意图;
图22是本发明实施例提供的第五(a)种传输场景的示意图;
图23是本发明实施例提供的第五(a)种接入过程的流程示意图;
图24是本发明实施例提供的第五(a)种切换过程的流程示意图;
图25是本发明实施例提供的第五(b)种传输场景的示意图;
图26是本发明实施例提供的第五(b)种接入过程的流程示意图;
图27是本发明实施例提供的第五(b)种切换过程的流程示意图;
图28是本发明第一实施例提供的一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图29是本发明第一实施例提供的另一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图30是本发明第一实施例提供的又一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图31是本发明第二实施例提供的一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图32是本发明第二实施例提供的另一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图33是本发明第二实施例提供的又一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图34是本发明第三实施例提供的一种节点的结构示意图;
图35是本发明提供的一种网络节点的结构示意图;
图36是本发明提供的一种节点的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。
应理解地,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,简称为“GSM”)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,简称为“CDMA”)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,简称为“WCDMA”)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,简称为“GPRS”)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称为“LTE”)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,简称为“FDD”)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex, 简称为“TDD”)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,简称为“UMTS”)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,简称为“WiFi”)通信系统、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,简称为“WiMAX”)通信系统或未来的第五代(5th Generation,简称为“5G”)通信系统等。
在本发明实施例中,终端(Terminal)可以是用户设备(User Equipment,简称为“UE”)、移动台(Mobile Station,简称为“MS”)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、Customer Premise Equipment(客户终端设备,简称为“CPE”)或无线站(WiFi Station简称为“STA”)等。该终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,简称为“RAN”),或无线局域网(Wireless Local Access Network,简称为“WLAN”)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,终端可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)或具有移动终端的计算机等,又如,终端还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。
在本发明实施例中,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,简称为“BTS”),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,简称为“NB”),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,简称为“eNB”)、家庭演进基站(Home Node B,简称为“HeNB”)、中继(Relay)、家庭基站(Femto)或小基站(Pico),还可以是5G通信网络中的基站或无线局域网中的接入热点(Access Point,简称为“AP”)。
在本发明实施例中,网关(Gateway)可以是上述任意一种通信系统中的网关,例如SGW(Serving Gateway,服务网关)、PGW(Packet Data Network Gateway,分组数据网络网关)或LGW(Local Gateway,本地网关)等网关。
本发明实施例中的“地址”是指IP地址,数据包携带的IP地址包括源地址(简称为“源IP”)和目标地址(简称为“目标IP”),不难理解,源地址用于指示发送方,目标地址用于指示接收方。
为了便于理解后文,下面先结合图3对本发明实施例作个简单的概述。如图3所示,本发明实施例涉及的节点主要包括第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点。其中,第一网关节点是第一节点的服务代理,第一节点 可以在不同的第一网关节点之间切换,第二网关节点是第二节点的服务代理,每个第二网关节点对应于一个第二节点,不同的第一网关节点和不同的第二网关节点之间可以通过网络建立连接,进而实现第一节点和第二节点之间的数据传输。本发明实施例中,在第一节点与一个或多个第二节点进行数据传输之前,为第一节点分配每个第二节点对应的代理地址以及唯一的本地地址,在数据传输的过程中,第一节点始终(即使在不同的第一网关节点之间切换)使用该唯一的本地地址作为源地址发送数据包,第一网关节点或第二网关节点将数据包的源地址由本地地址转换为对应的代理地址,最后传送至对应的第二节点;进一步地,在多个第一节点与一个第二节点进行数据传输时,可以为不同的第一节点分配不同的代理地址,第二节点可以根据其接收的数据包的源地址区分不同的第一节点。另外,本发明实施例可以保证业务的连续性的原因在于,请参阅图3,当第一节点从第一网关节点2切换连接至第一网关节点3时,第一网关节点2断开与第二网关节点2的连接,第一网关节点3建立与第二网关节点2的连接,第一节点可以通过新建的连接向第二节点传输数据,又由于第一节点始终使用同一个IP地址(即上述唯一的本地地址),故基于该IP地址上的业务不会中断。
图4是本发明第一实施例提供的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图,该方法针对的是上行传输过程(即第一节点向第二节点发送数据包的过程),该方法由第一网关节点对源地址进行转换。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S101,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点。
第一网关节点在根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,若确定第一节点未分配本地地址,则为第一节点分配本地地址。
具体地,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点的方式包括以下两种:
方式一,第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;第一网关节点根据数据包的目标地址选择第二网关 节点。具体实现过程中,第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包后读取数据包的目标地址,第一网关节点根据目标地址可以确定数据包所要送达的第二节点,进而确定第二节点对应的第二网关节点,从而实现选择该第二网关节点。
方式二,第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;第一网关节点根据请求信令选择第二网关节点。具体实现过程中,第一节点主动向第一网关节点发送请求信令,第一网关节点接收该请求信令后读取其中的信息,该信息可以是第二节点的网址、IP地址、节点标识信息或者业务标识信息等可指示第二节点的信息,第一网关节点根据该信息选择该第二网关节点。
进一步地,第一网关节点在根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,判断第一网关节点和第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接,若否,则第一网关节点向第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使第二网关节点与第一网关节点建立连接,并为第一节点分配代理地址,若是,则不作处理,此时第二网关节点已经在建立连接时为第一节点分配了代理地址。
历经上述过程,第一节点可以通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点。
S102,第一网关节点获取第二网关节点为第一节点分配的代理地址。
具体地,第一网关节点获取第二网关节点为第一节点分配的代理地址的方式包括以下几种:
方式一,第二网关节点为第一节点分配了代理地址后发送给第一网关节点,第一网关节点接收该代理地址。
方式二,第一网关节点保存有第二网关节点为第一节点分配的且尚未失效的代理地址,第一网关节点直接读取该代理地址。
方式三,第一网关节点从其它第一网关节点发送来的上下文信息中获取该代理地址。
S103,第一网关节点将第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址。
其中,该数据包的源地址为第一节点的本地地址,目标地址为第二节点的网络地址。
具体地,第一网关节点保持数据包的目标地址不变(即目标地址仍为第二节点的网络地址),将源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址。
S104,第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第二网关节点,以使第二网关节点将其发送至第二节点。
具体地,第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第二网关节点,第二网关节点接收后将其发送至第二节点,从而实现第一节点向第二节点发送数据包的上行传输过程。
可选地,当第一节点从第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,第一网关节点将第一节点的上下文信息发送至另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括第一节点的本地地址和第二网关节点的连接配置信息信息,第二网关节点的连接配置信息可以是第二网关节点的ID、端口号或隧道号等可标识第二网关节点的信息。其中,这里的切换,可以是第一节点从第一网关节点的服务区移动至另一第一网关节点的服务区触发的,也可以第一节点掉网后重启所触发的,等等,这里不作穷举。
历经上述过程,另一第一网关节点根据上下文信息中的第二网关节点的连接配置信息确定第二网关节点,并与之建立连接,进而第一节点通过另一第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,并向第二节点传输数据,其上行传输过程与本实施例上文描述的过程相同,这里不再赘述。需要指出的是,另一第一网关节点可以根据上下文信息中的第一节点的本地地址直接获知第一节点所被分配的本地地址,而无需向第一节点查询。
进一步,所述上下文信息还包括第一节点的代理地址,另一第一网关节点可以根据上下文信息中的第一节点的代理地址直接获知第一节点所被分配的代理地址,而无需向第二网关查询,在对源地址进行转换时,另一第一网关节点将数据包的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为该代理地址。
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备,至少可以分为以下四种组合:
组合一,第一节点包括终端,第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,第二节点包括服务器。其中,终端与基站之间建立有空口用户面承载,基站与终端代理设备之间建立有用户面承载。
组合二,第一节点包括终端,第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,第二节点包括服务器。
组合三,第一节点包括终端,第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,第二节点包括服务器,第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
组合四,第一节点包括服务器,第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,第二节点包括终端。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在上行传输数据时,第一网关节点将第一节点发送的数据包中的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址后再发送至第二节点,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第一节点发送数据包所用的源地址始终是第一节点的本地地址,可见第一节点(即使在不同的第一网关节点之间切换)的本地地址始终保持不变,因而建立在该地址上的业务不中断,可以保证业务的连续性,同时第一节点不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
图5是本发明第一实施例提供的另一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图,该方法针对的是上行传输过程(即第一节点向第二节点发送数据包的过程),该方法由第二网关节点对源地址进行转换。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S201,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点。
本步骤与图4中的步骤S101相同,这里不再赘述。
须知地,历经本步骤,第一节点的本地地址和代理地址已被分配。
S202,第一网关节点将第一节点发送来的数据包发送至第二网关节点。
其中,该数据包的源地址为第一节点的本地地址,目标地址为第二节点的网络地址。
具体地,第一网关节点不对第一节点发送来的数据包进行处理,直接将其发送至第二网关节点。
S203,第二网关节点获取第一网关节点发送来的数据包。
S204,第二网关节点将数据包的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址。
具体地,第二网关节点保持数据包的目标地址不变(即目标地址仍为第二节点的网络地址),将源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址。
S205,第二网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第二节点。
具体地,第二网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第二节点,从而实现第一节点向第二节点发送数据包的上行传输过程。
可选地,当第一节点从第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,第一网关节点将第一节点的上下文信息发送至另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括第一节点的本地地址和第二网关节点的连接配置信息信息,第二网关节点的连接配置信息可以是第二网关节点的ID、端口号或隧道号等可标识第二网关节点的信息。
历经上述过程,另一第一网关节点根据上下文信息中的第二网关节点的连接配置信息确定第二网关节点,并与之建立连接,进而第一节点通过另一第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,并向第二节点传输数据,其上行传输过程与本实施例上文描述的过程相同,这里不再赘述。需要指出的是,另一第一网关节点可以根据上下文信息中的第一节点的本地地址直接获知第一节点所被分配的本地地址,而无需向第一节点查询。
同样,本发明实施例中的第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备,也至少可以分为图4中的步骤S104所提及四种组合,这里不再赘述。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在上行传输数据时,第二网关节点将第一节点发送的数据包中的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址后再发送至第二节点,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第一节点发送数据包所用的源地址始终是第一节点的本地地址,可见第一节点(即使在不同的第一网关节点之间切换)的本地地址始终保持不变,因而建立在该地址上的业务不中断,可以保证业务的连续性,同时第一节点不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
图6是本发明第二实施例提供的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图,该方法针对的是下行传输过程(即第二节点向第一节点发送数据包的过程),该方法由第一网关节点对目标地址进行转换。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S301,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点。
本步骤与图4中的步骤S101相同,这里不再赘述。
须知地,历经本步骤,第一节点的本地地址和代理地址已被分配。
S302,第一网关节点获取第一节点的本地地址。
具体地,第一网关节点获取第一节点的本地地址的方式包括以下两种:方式一,第一网关节点为第一节点分配本地地址后直接获知;方式二,第一网关节点从其它第一网关节点发送来的上下文信息中获取该本地地址。
S303,第一网关节点将第二节点通过第二网关节点发送来的数据包的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址。
其中,该数据包的源地址为第二节点的网络地址,目标地址为第一节点的代理地址。
具体地,第一网关节点保持数据包的源地址不变(即源地址仍为第二节点的网络地址),将目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址。
S304,第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第一节点。
具体地,第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第一节点,从而实现第二节点向第一节点发送数据包的下行传输过程。
可选地,当第一节点从第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,第一网关节点将第一节点的上下文信息发送至另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括第一节点的本地地址和第二网关节点的连接配置信息信息,第二网关节点的连接配置信息可以是第二网关节点的ID、端口号或隧道号等可标识第二网关节点的信息。
历经上述过程,另一第一网关节点根据上下文信息中的第二网关节点的连接配置信息确定第二网关节点,并与之建立连接,进而第一节点通过另一第一 网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,并获取第二节点通过第二网关节点发送的数据包,其下行传输过程与本实施例上文描述的过程相同,这里不再赘述。需要指出的是,另一第一网关节点可以根据上下文信息中的第一节点的本地地址直接获知第一节点所被分配的本地地址,而无需向第一节点查询。
同样,本发明实施例中的第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备,也至少可以分为图4中的步骤S104所提及四种组合,这里不再赘述。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在下行传输数据时,第一网关节点将第二节点发送的数据包中的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第二节点发送数据包所用的目标地址始终是第一节点的代理地址,可见第二节点针对同一个第一节点的业务不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
图7是本发明第二实施例提供的另一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图,该方法针对的是下行传输过程(即第二节点向第一节点发送数据包的过程),该方法由第二网关节点对目标地址进行转换。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S401,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点。
本步骤与图4中的步骤S101相同,这里不再赘述。
须知地,历经本步骤,第一节点的本地地址和代理地址已被分配。
S402,第二网关节点获取第二节点发送来的数据包。
其中,该数据包的源地址为第二节点的网络地址,目标地址为第一节点的代理地址。
S403,第二网关节点将数据包的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址。
具体地,第二网关节点保持数据包的源地址不变(即源地址仍为第二节点的网络地址),将目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址。
S404,第二网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至第一网关节点。
S405,第一网关节点获取第二网关节点发送来的数据包。
S406,第一网关节点将数据包发送至第一节点。
可选地,当第一节点从第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,第一网关节点将第一节点的上下文信息发送至另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括第一节点的本地地址和第二网关节点的连接配置信息信息,第二网关节点的连接配置信息可以是第二网关节点的ID、端口号或隧道号等可标识第二网关节点的信息。
历经上述过程,另一第一网关节点根据上下文信息中的第二网关节点的连接配置信息确定第二网关节点,进而第一节点通过另一第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,并获取第二节点通过第二网关节点发送的数据包,该数据包的目标地址被第二网关节点由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址,其下行传输过程与本实施例上文描述的过程相同,这里不再赘述。需要指出的是,另一第一网关节点可以根据上下文信息中的第一节点的本地地址直接获知第一节点所被分配的本地地址,而无需向第一节点查询。
同样,本发明实施例中的第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备,也至少可以分为图4中的步骤S104所提及四种组合,这里不再赘述。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在下行传输数据时,第二网关节点将第二节点发送的数据包中的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第二节点发送数据包所用的目标地址始终是第一节点的代理地址,可见第二节点针对同一个第一节点的业务不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
图8是本发明第三实施例提供的一种节点间数据传输的方法的流程示意图,该方法针对的是切换过程(即第一节点从原第一网关节点切换连接到新第一网关节点的过程),该方法不区分上、下行传输过程。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S501,第一节点通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输。
请参阅图3,原第一网关节点如图中第一网关节点2所示,第二网关节点如图中第二网关节点2所示,第一节点通过图中虚线所示的原连接与第一网关节点2连接,第一网关节点2通过图中虚线所示的原连接与第二网关节点2连接,第二网关节点2与第二节点连接,进而第一节点可以与第二节点进行数据传输。这就是切换前第一节点与第二节点进行数据传输的方式。
S502,第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与原第一网关节点之间的连接。
可选地,若为第一节点从原第一网关节点的服务区移至新第一网关节点的服务区的场景,第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与原第一网关节点之间的连接的具体操作可以是:第一节点分别测量原第一网关节点和新第一网关节点的信号质量;第一节点在确定新第一网关节点的信号质量优于原第一网关节点时,向原第一网关节点上报,以使原第一网关节点向第一节点发送指示切换指令;第一节点接收切换指令,并根据切换指令切换连接到新第一网关节点,以及断开与原第一网关节点之间的连接。例如:小区1为第一网关节点的服务区,小区2为第二网关节点的服务区,第一节点从小区1移至小区1和小区2的边界时,第一节点分别测量原第一网关节点和新第一网关节点的信号质量,并根据测量结果是保持与原第一网关节点的连接还是建立与新第一网关节点的连接。
S503,第一节点通过新第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输。
第一节点通过新第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输之前,向上层发送路径转换请求,以使上层控制第二网关节点建立与新第一网关节点之间的连接。
仍请参阅图3,新第一网关节点如图中第一网关节点3所示,第一节点通过图中实线所示的新连接与第一网关节点3连接,第一网关节点3通过图中实线所示的新连接与第二网关节点2连接,第二网关节点2与第二节点连接,进而第一节点可以与第二节点进行数据传输。这就是切换后第一节点与第二节点 进行数据传输的方式。
另可选地,为了在原连接释放后但新连接未建立前,仍保证业务的连续性,第一节点向上层发送路径转换请求之前,暂时通过新第一网关节点、原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输。
综上所述,本发明实施例中,切换前的链路为:第一节点<=>原第一网关节点<=>第二网关节点<=>第二节点;切换中的链路为:第一节点<=>新第一网关节点<=>原第一网关节点<=>第二网关节点<=>第二节点;切换后的链路为:第一节点<=>新第一网关节点<=>第二网关节点<=>第二节点。
同样,本发明实施例中的第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备,也至少可以分为图4中的步骤S104所提及四种组合,这里不再赘述。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接,进而通过新第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输,可以实现在链路上保证第一节点和第二节点之间业务的连续性。
为了进一步地说明本发明的实现过程,下文将结合第一节点、第一网关节点、第二网关节点和第二节点具体所指代的设备的组合,以及各种组合下的栈结构,进行更详细地举例说明。
图9是本实施例提供的第一种传输场景的示意图。在本实施例中,第一节点为终端(本实施例中称为“UE”),第一网关节点为基站(本实施例中称为“eNB”)和终端代理设备(本实施例中称为“UE-Proxy”)的组合,第二网关节点为服务器代理设备(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”),第二节点为服务器(本实施例中称为“APP Server”),除此之外,还包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体),用于调度和控制UE、eNB和UE-Proxy。图中,UE通过接入网连接UE-Proxy。为了简化接入网,本实施例中UE到UE-Proxy之间的接口由两端组成,UE通过空口Uu接口连接eNB,eNB通过C-X接口直接连接UE-Proxy,理论上eNB也可以经过SGW/PGW之后再连接UE-Proxy;一个eNB可以连接一个或多个UE-Proxy,一个或多个eNB也可以 连接一个UE-Proxy;UE-Proxy可以通过C-P接口和Server-Proxy相连;App Server则通过C-B接口和Server-Proxy相连。其中,上述接口相连可以建立端到端隧道的方式也可以通过端到端路由的方式,发端的数据发送到指定节点。
进一步地,本实施例的栈结构可以如图10所示,图中UE和UE-Proxy之间建立点到点的隧道连接。该隧道实际由两端隧道组成,UE和eNB之间通过LTE空口Uu接口连接,空口数据隧道被称为Radio Bearer,eNB和UE-Proxy之间通过GTP-U隧道连接。对于该UE Radio Bearer和对应GTP-U隧道之间的转发关系是一一对应的,因此总的组成完整的UE到UE-Proxy之间的隧道,UE的所有数据都会经过其对应的UE-Proxy。UE可以复用现有的蜂窝用户面隧道建立过程完成上述过程,在流程中UE-Proxy相当于LTE系统中的SGW/PGW。另外,App Server是一个互联网上的应用服务器,和Server-Proxy之间的连接是通过设置路由的方式,使得App Server和UE的数据经过Server Proxy转发。相比于上述UE通过建立隧道的方式连接对应的代理,对于处于公网的App Server采用通过路由的方式可以减少或者避免对App Server的影响。通过App Server和Server-Proxy之间的路由设置,使得App Server向一个或几个IP地址段内节点发送的数据由都会经过Server-Proxy转发。对于特定的UE,Server-Proxy可以分配不同的IP,以便在接收到App Server发送给UE的数据时,根据其目的IP判断对应的UE-Proxy,通过Server-Proxy和UE-Proxy之间的连接发送给UE-Proxy。当Server-Proxy的IP资源较少时,不同UE的数据可能分配相同的IP,Server-Proxy通过NAT(Network Address Translation,网络地址转换)的方式,通过IP和UDP/TCP端口号来确定不同UE的数据。UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy之间可以根据配置建立连接并保持,也可以根据UE的业务需求,动态的与App Server对应的Server-Proxy建立连接。对UE非透明方式,UE和UE-Proxy之间可以协商(可选的通过eNB)需要访问App Server,如UE指明需要访问的App Server的域名(e.g.www.google.com)或者地址(e.g.110.238.2.38),UE-Proxy根据配置的App Server和Server-Proxy之间的对应关系,选择Server-Proxy。对UE透明方式,UE直接发送数据包至UE-Proxy,UE-Proxy根据数据包中IP数据包头或者HTTP包头中的域名,获知UE需要访问的App Server,查找对应Server-Proxy。
在此基础上,图11是本发明实施例提供的一种接入过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图4和图6所述方法的举例说明,可以包括:
S601,UE建立与eNB之间的连接。
具体地,UE通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制协议)过程,在驻留的小区和对应的eNB建立空口信令连接,用以传输UE专用的信令。
S602,UE通过eNB注册网络。
具体地,UE通过空口连接发送Attach Request,对网络进行注册。
S603,eNB向MME为UE注册网络。
具体地,eNB通过Initial UE Message并携带UE发送的Attach Request消息给MME。
S604,MME鉴权处理。
具体地,MME处理Attach Request前,需要通过鉴权过程,鉴别双方节点是否是可信节点。并产生加密算法和秘钥等相关信息用于后续的安全过程。
S605,MME为UE选择UE-Proxy。
具体地,如果鉴权成功,MME选择一个UE-Proxy,发起Create Proxy Request。UE-Proxy的选择可以考虑其连接eNB的覆盖范围和负载均衡等因素。每个eNB可以配置有默认的UE-Proxy,如果条件不明确,至少可以选的默认的UE-Proxy。Create Proxy Request中会携带UE的各种签约和权限信息,用于辅助UE-Proxy为UE分配本地地址(local IP)。
S606,UE-Proxy为UE分配local IP。
具体地,如果Create Proxy Request不携带local IP,UE-Proxy为UE分配local IP,否则UE-Proxy直接使用Create Proxy Request中的local IP为UE的local IP并按业务分配其对应的GTP-U TEID,通过Create Proxy Response发送给MME。
S607,MME和eNB建立连接。
具体地,MME和eNB通过Initial Context Setup建立eNB和UE-Proxy之间的用户面承载(隧道)。
S608,eNB将MME配置local IP的消息发送给UE。
具体地,eNB和UE之间建立对应的空口用户面承载(无线承载),进而通知相应的local IP给UE。
S609,UE发送指向服务器1(App Server1)的数据包。
具体地,若UE希望访问App Server1,通过空口用户面承载,以local IP为源地址(source address)通过eNB向UE-Proxy发送数据包。
S610,UE-Proxy查找对应的服务器代理设备1(Server-Proxy1)。
具体地,UE-Proxy接收数据包后,根据destination address查找对应的服务器代理Server-Proxy1。并查找对应的UE是否已经建立了对应的UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy1之间的连接,如果没有,缓存数据,发起Create Tunnel Request。如果有执行步骤S612。
S611,Server-Proxy1为UE分配代理地址1(Remote IP1)。
具体地,Server-Proxy1收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该UE分配Remote IP1,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知UE-Proxy,并保存remote IP1,UE-Proxy以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S612,UE-Proxy对数据包的地址信息进行转换。
具体地,对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-Proxy将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy1分配的remote IP1。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据包,UE-Proxy将IP头内的destination address从remote IP1转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
S613,UE发送指向服务器2(App Server2)的数据包。
具体地,若UE希望访问App Server2,通过空口用户面承载,以local IP为源地址(source address)通过eNB向UE-Proxy发送数据包。
S614,UE-Proxy查找对应的服务器代理设备2(Server-Proxy2)。
具体地,UE-Proxy接收数据包后,根据destination address查找对应的服务器代理Server-Proxy2。并查找对应的UE是否已经建立了对应的UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy2之间的连接,如果没有,缓存数据,发起Create Tunnel Request。如果有执行步骤S616。
S615,Server-Proxy2为UE分配代理地址2(Remote IP2)。
具体地,Server-Proxy2收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该UE分配Remote IP2,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知UE-Proxy,并保存remote IP2,UE-Proxy以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S616,UE-Proxy对数据包的源地址进行转换。
具体地,对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-Proxy将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy2分配的remote IP2。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据包,UE-Proxy将IP头内的destination address从remote IP2转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
需要指出的是,本发明实施例推广到服务器n(App Server n)一样适用,这里不再赘述。
相应地,图12是本发明实施例提供的第一种切换过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图8所述方法的举例说明,本实施例中,假设UE初始接入基站1(eNB1),并且通过终端代理设备1(UE-Proxy1),同时与服务器1(App Server1)和服务器2(App Server2)传输业务,App Server1和App Server2分别对应服务器代理设备1(Server-Proxy1)和服务器代理设2(Server-Proxy2)。其中,UE和eNB1之间的用户面数据用a-1、a-2表示;eNB1和UE-Proxy1之间的用户面数据用b-1、b-2表示;UE-Proxy1和Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2之间的用户面数据用c-1、c-2表示;Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2和App Server1、App Server2之间的用户面数据用d-1、d-2表示。如图所示本实施例的具体方法的流程可以包括:
S701,UE1通过eNB1、UE-Proxy1和Server Proxy1连接Server1,UE1通过eNB1、UE-Proxy1和Server Proxy2连接Server2,并传输数据。
其中,Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2分别给UE分配了remote IP1和remote IP2,UE-Proxy1给UE分配了local IP。
S702,UE检测eNB1和eNB2的信号质量。
具体地,UE从eNB1下小区移动至eNB2下小区边界,根据eNB1下发给UE的测量配置,当满足测量报告条件时,如eNB2下小区比eNB1下小区的接收信号强度大3个dB时,UE上报测量报告给eNB1。
S703,eNB1向UE发起eNB1和eNB2切换过程。
具体地,eNB接收到测量报告,根据切换判决算法,判定UE应该切换到信号更强的小区下去,本实施例中eNB1判定UE应该切换到eNB2,因此发起eNB1和eNB2切换过程。LTE中切换分为S1切换和X2切换,本实施例以X2切换为例,eNB1和eNB2之间通过handover request和handover response消息交换UE的上下文信息,UE-Proxy1的地址和隧道信息,并且在eNB2准备好相应的资源配置好切换命令以及建立eNB1到eNB2之间的反传隧道等工作,用于传输在切换期间eNB1未能发送给UE的数据。
S704,UE切换连接至eNB2。
具体地,eNB1通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送切换命令给终端,指示终端切换到eNB2下的小区中区,UE接收后离开原小区。
S705,eNB1将数据交接给eNB2。
具体地,eNB1发送SN status transfer给eNB2,指示最后传输给UE的PDCP SN号,用于eNB2接续PDCP的数据继续和终端传输,对于没有传输成功的,由eNB2和UE之间协商重传。由于UE已经离开eNB1下的小区,所以UE-Proxy1发给eNB1的b-1和b-2的下行数据已经无法发送给UE,此处通过步骤S703建立的反传隧道,由eNB1发送给eNB2,通过e-1和e-2表示,eNB2会缓存这部分数据,直至UE成功连接后再发送给UE。
S706,UE1通过eNB2、eNB1、UE-Proxy1和Server Proxy1连接Server1,UE1通过eNB2、eNB1、UE-Proxy1和Server Proxy2连接Server2,并传输数据。
具体地,UE搜索切换命令中指示的新小区,并与该小区进行同步,按切换命令中的随机接入配置向该小区发起随机接入,成功后,发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息,通知eNB2完成切换。至此UE和eNB2已经成功建立起空口的无线承载。下行方向,App Server1/App Server2发送的数据d-1/d-2到Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,然后代理再将c-1/c-2转发给UE-Proxy1,UE-Proxy1经过第1步所述的地址变换后,b-1/b-2发送给eNB1,eNB1通过反传隧道将e-1/e-2发送给eNB2,eNB2将反传过来的数据在空口承载A-1-D,A-2-D发送给UE。上行方向,UE通过空口承载向eNB2发送A-1-U和A-2-U, eNB2根据第3步的UE-Proxy1的地址隧道信息,发送E-1-U/E-2-U给UE-Proxy1,UE-Proxy1通过c-1/c-2发送给Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2在通过d-1/d-2路由给App-Server1/App-Server2。
S707,eNB2撤出转发。
具体地,eNB2向MME发送Path Switch消息,希望UE-Proxy1将b-1/b-2的下行数据直接发送到eNB2,避免从eNB1转发。
S708,MME通知UE-Proxy2与Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2建立连接。
具体地,MME接收Path Switch消息后,可以选择是否要修改UE-Proxy。如果MME判断需要修改UE-Proxy1为UE-Proxy2时,MME向UE-Proxy2发起Create Proxy Request其中会携带UE的各种签约和权限信息,用于辅助UE-Proxy为UE分配合适的资源,可选的可以携带UE的local IP,并且携带Server-Proxy的地址和隧道信息,通知UE-Proxy2连接Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2。
S709,UE通过eNB2、UE-Proxy2和Server Proxy1连接Server1。
具体地,UE-Proxy2根据Create Proxy Request指示,连接指定的Server-Proxy1发起Proxy Connection Modify过程,用于指示Server-Proxy1将原UE-Proxy1的数据发给UE-Proxy2。可以携带UE-Proxy1的地址和隧道信息,UE remote IP等信息,来表明需要更改的隧道。并且携带UE-Proxy2的地址和隧道信息,用于指明Server-Proxy1新的连接信息。Server-Proxy1接收请求后,更新发给UE-Proxy1的数据至发给UE-Proxy2,并可选的携带UE-Proxy2发给Server-Proxy1的新的地址和隧道信息。UE-Proxy2接收后更新连接信息,至此,UE-Proxy2和Server-Proxy1之间的连接已建立完成。
S710,UE通过eNB2、UE-Proxy2和Server Proxy2连接Server2,。
具体地,与步骤S710相同的方法修改Server-Proxy2连接至UE-Proxy2。至此,UE-Proxy2和Server-Proxy2之间的连接已建立完成。
S711,UE通过eNB2、UE-Proxy2和Server Proxy1与Server1传输数据,UE通过eNB2、UE-Proxy2和Server Proxy2与Server2传输数据。
S712,UE-Proxy2通知MME建立成功。
具体地,UE-Proxy2向MME回复Create Proxy Response,表示建立成功, 并携带业务对应的地址和隧道信息。
S713,MME通知eNB2切换成功。
MME向eNB2回复Path Switch Request Acknowledge,表示UE-Proxy2切换成功,并携带业务上行数据对应的地址和隧道信息。至此UE和App Server之间的数据全部通过eNB2和UE-Proxy2进行转发,具体为UE和eNB2之间的A-1/A-2,eNB2和UE-Proxy2之间的B-1/B-2,UE-Proxy2和Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2之间的C-1/C-2,和保持不变的Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2和App Server1/App Server2之间的d-1/d-2。
S714,MME控制UE-Proxy1删除上下文信息。
MME等待UE-Proxy1将缓存数据传完后(一般可以设置一个定时器),通过Delete Proxy过程,删除UE-Proxy1的上下文信息。
S715,eNB2删除上下文信息。
eNB2等待eNB1数据反传完毕后,一般可以设置一个定时器或者等待接收到数据最后包end marker,删除UE上下文信息。
图13是本实施例的第二种传输场景的示意图。在本实施例中,第一节点为终端(本实施例中称为“UE”),第一网关节点为终端代理设备(本实施例中称为“UE-AP”),第二网关节点为服务器代理设备(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”),第二节点为服务器(本实施例中称为“APP Server”),除此之外,还包括控制器(Controlor),用于调度和控制UE和UE-Proxy。相比图9所述场景中eNB或者热点和UE-Proxy的功能部署在同一个节点,如eNB或者热点可以本地出局(LBO)的基础上,比如wifi网络或者LTE的LIPA/SIPTOG功能的基础上部署UE-Proxy的功能,被称为UE-AP。UE通过空口Uu接口连接UE-AP,UE-AP可以通过C-P接口和Server-Proxy相连。App Server则通过C-B接口和Server-Proxy相连。上述接口相连可以建立端到端隧道的方式也可以通过端到端路由的方式,发端的数据发送到指定节点。
进一步地,本实施例的栈结构可以如图14所示。本实施例中UE和UE-AP之间建立点到点的连接,如果UE-AP和UE之间是使用LTE的Uu接口,那么两者之间的连接又被称为无线承载。在UE和UE-AP的连接过程中UE-AP 为UE分配一个IP地址。另外,App Server是一个互联网上的应用服务器,和其代理Server-Proxy之间的连接是通过设置路由的方式。UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy之间可以根据配置建立连接并保持;也可以根据UE的业务需求,动态的与App Server对应的Server-Proxy建立连接。对UE非透明方式,UE和UE-Proxy之间可以协商(可选的通过eNB)需要访问App Server,如UE指明需要访问的App Server的域名(e.g.www.google.com)或者地址(e.g.110.238.2.38),UE-Proxy根据配置的App Server和Server-Proxy之间的对应关系,选择Server-Proxy。对UE透明方式,UE直接发送数据包至UE-Proxy,UE-Proxy根据数据包中IP数据包头或者HTTP包头中的域名,获知UE需要访问的App Server,查找对应Server-Proxy。
在此基础上,图15是本发明实施例提供的一种接入过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图4和图6所述方法的举例说明,可以包括:
S801,UE建立与UE-AP的连接
具体地,UE通过RRC过程,在驻留的小区和对应的UE-AP建立空口信令连接,用以传输UE专用的信令。
S802,UE通过UE-AP注册网络。
具体地,UE通过UE-AP向Controller请求Attach,中间经过鉴权等安全过程后,Controller同意UE的请求,并可能Controller要求UE-AP和UE建立无线数据承载,并且给UE分配local IP(或者由UE-AP给UE分配)。Controller可能是独立节点或者和UE-AP合并为一个节点。由于UE-AP作为无线节点,可能分布式的部署在各个区域,因此安全性可能较差,运营商可能希望部署一个集中式安全的Controller用于管理众多UE-AP。UE-AP和Controller合一的部署比较适用与家用部署或者企业商场部署,用户需要节省成本例如空口使用非授权频段的UE-AP,并且不需要部署多个节点。后续描述中对UE-AP和Controller合一的场景,可以跳过UE-AP和Controller之间的交互,因为属于内部实现过程。
S803,UE发送指向App Server1的数据包。
具体地,UE希望访问App Server1,通过无线数据承载,以local IP为source address,App Server1IP为destination address,向UE-AP发送数据包。
S804,UE-AP查找对应的Server-Proxy1。
具体地,UE-AP根据destination address,检查是否已有对应的隧道或者Server-Proxy的配置。如果有则通过连接发送到对应的Server-Proxy中去。如果没有这需要新建和Server-Proxy之间的连接,UE-AP向Controller请求建立Server-Proxy连接,携带destination address或者希望连接的Server-Proxy标识(通过查destination address和Server-Proxy对应关系获得),以及自身的地址和隧道配置,local IP等信息。
S805,Controller通知Server-Proxy1相关信息。
具体地,Controller发送Create Tunnel Request给对应的App Server1对应的Server-Proxy1,其中携带UE-AP地址和隧道配置,local IP等信息。
S806,Server-Proxy1为UE分配Remote IP1。
具体地,Server-Proxy1收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该UE分配Remote IP1地址,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知Controller,并保存remote IP1,UE-AP以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S807,Controller通知UE-AP相关信息。
具体地,Controller将Server-Proxy返回的信息通知UE-AP。
S808,UE-AP对数据包的地址信息进行转换。
具体地,UE-AP保存Server-Proxy1分配的隧道地址信息和UE remote IP1。并对UE的数据进行local IP和remote IP1的转换。对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-AP将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy1分配的remote IP1。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据,UE-AP将IP头内的destination address从remote IP1转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
S809,UE发送指向App Server2的数据包。
具体地,UE希望访问App Server2,通过无线数据承载,以local IP为source address,App Server2IP为destination address,向UE-AP发送数据包。
S810,UE-AP查找对应的Server-Proxy2。
具体地,UE-AP根据destination address,检查是否已有对应的隧道或者 Server-Proxy的配置。如果有则通过连接发送到对应的Server-Proxy中去。如果没有这需要新建和Server-Proxy之间的连接,UE-AP向Controller请求建立Server-Proxy连接,携带destination address或者希望连接的Server-Proxy标识(通过查destination address和Server-Proxy对应关系获得),以及自身的地址和隧道配置,local IP等信息。
S811,Controller通知Server-Proxy2相关信息。
具体地,Controller发送Create Tunnel Request给对应的App Server1对应的Server-Proxy1,其中携带UE-AP地址和隧道配置,local IP等信息。
S812,Server-Proxy2为UE分配Remote IP2。
具体地,Server-Proxy2收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该UE分配Remote IP2地址,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知Controller,并保存remote IP1,UE-AP以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S813,Controller通知UE-AP相关信息。
具体地,Controller将Server-Proxy返回的信息通知UE-AP。
S814,UE-AP对数据包的地址信息进行转换。
具体地,UE-AP保存Server-Proxy2分配的隧道地址信息和UE remote IP2。并对UE的数据进行local IP和remote IP2的转换。对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-AP将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy2分配的remote IP2。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据,UE-AP将IP头内的destination address从remote IP1转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
需要指出的是,本发明实施例推广到服务器n(App Server n)一样适用,这里不再赘述。
相应地,图16是本发明实施例提供的第二种切换过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图8所述方法的举例说明。为简化描述,本实施例中仅以UE-AP和Controller功能合一为例。本实施例中,假设UE初始接入UE-AP1,同时和App Server1和App Server2进行业务,分别对应的代理是Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2。UE和UE-AP之间的用户面数据用a-1、a-2表示;UE-AP1和 Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2之间的用户面数据用c-1、c-2表示;Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2和App Server1、App Server2之间的用户面数据用d-1、d-2表示。
S901,UE1通过UE-AP1和Server Proxy1连接Server1,并传输数据。
其中,Server-Proxy1给UE分配了remote IP1,UE-AP1给UE分配了local IP,Server-Proxy2给UE分配了remote IP2。UE-AP1为UE和App Server1之间的数据做local IP到remote IP1的转换,或Server-Proxy2为UE和App Server2之间的数据做local IP到remote IP2的转换。
S902,UE1通过UE-AP2和Server Proxy2连接Server2,并传输数据。
S903,UE检测UE-AP1和UE-AP2的信号质量。
具体地,UE从UE-AP1下小区移动至UE-AP2下小区边界,根据UE-AP1下发给UE的测量配置,当满足测量报告条件时,如UE-AP2下小区比UE-AP1下小区的接收信号强度大3个dB时,UE上报测量报告给UE-AP1。
S904,UE-AP1向UE发起UE-AP1和UE-AP2切换过程。
具体地,UE-AP1接收到测量报告,根据切换判决算法,判定UE应该切换到信号更强的小区下去,本实施例中UE-AP1判定UE应该切换到UE-AP2中去,因此发起UE-AP1和UE-AP2切换过程。本实施例以X2切换为例,UE-AP1和UE-AP2之间通过handover request和handover response消息交换UE的上下文信息、local IP信息、Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2的配置信息,包括地址信息,隧道信息,remote IP1/IP2信息,UE-AP1的地址和隧道信息,并且在UE-AP2准备好相应的资源配置好切换命令以及建立UE-AP 1到UE-AP 2之间的反传隧道等工作,用于传输在切换期间UE-AP1未能发送给UE的数据。完成后UE-AP2发送handover response给UE-AP1,其中包含切换命令。
S905,UE切换连接至UE-AP2。
具体地,UE-AP1通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送切换命令给终端,指示终端切换到eNB2下的小区中区,终端接收后离开源小区。UE-AP1可以开始向UE-AP2反传数据,通过UE-AP1向UE-AP2可以发送SN status transfer,告知UE最后的数据接收状况,以便在UE-AP2中接续传输。
S906,UE通知UE-AP2切换完成。
具体地,UE在新小区接入,发送RRC reconfiguration complete消息给UE-AP2,表示空口切换过程完成。
S907,UE-AP2向Sever-Proxy1发起连接修正过程。
具体地,UE-AP2向Server-Proxy1发起Proxy Connection Modification过程,修改Server-Proxy1的数据从发给UE-AP1改变为发给UE-AP2。
S908,UE-AP2向Sever-Proxy2发起连接修正过程。
具体地,UE-AP2也向Server-Proxy2发起Proxy Connection Modification过程,修改Server-Proxy2的数据从发给UE-AP1改变为发给UE-AP2。
S909,UE通过UE-AP2和Server Proxy1连接Server1。
S910,UE通过UE-AP2和Server Proxy2连接Server2。
图17是本实施例的第三种传输场景的示意图。在本实施例中,第一节点为终端(本实施例中称为“UE”),第一网关节点为终端代理设备(本实施例中称为“UE-Proxy”),第二节点为服务器(本实施例中称为“APP Server”),第二网关节点(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”)内置于所述服务器。
图18是本实施例的第三(a)种栈结构的示意图,本实施例中,UE-AP可以通过隧道直连App Server,当UE-AP变更时,可以通知App Server变更隧道,从而保持UE的业务连续性。
图19是本实施例的第三(b)种栈结构的示意图,本实施例与图15的区别在于UE和UE-AP空口使用的802.11(即1Wifi)协议连接,UE-AP和Server-Proxy之间,所示使用CAPWAP和和GTP-U一样,是另一种隧道协议。Server-Proxy之间也通过一种点到点的连接协议连接(如PPP、VPN协议)连接App Server,图9和图13所述的实施例,是通过路由方式App-Server连接Server-Proxy,所以为了将UE的数据路由至Server-Proxy,UE需要修改local IP至remote IP,以便App Server通过remote IP发送数据给UE时,会路由至Server-Proxy。然而,本实施通过连接协议建立专用通道直连App Server和Server-Proxy,App Server和Server-Proxy之间的数据不需要经过路由可以直通(和隧道相同),避免了修改至remote IP的过程。缺点是App Server只能服务来自Server-Proxy的用户,在实际部署时可以部署专门的服务器,或者同一 台服务器上某一个网络接口,或者虚拟一个网络接口与Server-Proxy相连,其他服务器或者其他接口还可以服务来自于Server-Proxy之外的用户。
图20是本发明实施例提供的第四种传输场景的示意图。在本实施例中,第一节点为服务器(本实施例中称为“APP Server”),第一网关节点为服务器代理设备(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”),第二网关节点为终端代理设备(本实施例中称为“UE-Proxy”),第二节点为终端(本实施例中称为“UE”)。本实施例中移动的第一节点为APP Server,主要可能的原因是APP Server之间进行负载均匀,如服务器1CPU或者内存占用过高,将部分终端的数据从服务器1转至服务器2处理。将用户1连接的服务器从服务器1转移至服务器2,整个过程中保持对终端1来说服务器的IP地址不变,而服务器之间可以通过同步服务器上对于该终端的上下文信息,从而对终端1来说服务器的变化是不可见或者是透明的,并且在服务器更换的过程中业务是没有中断的。
在此基础上,图21是本发明实施例提供的一种切换过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图8所述方法的举例说明。如图所示,终端从总代代理设备1移动至终端代理设备2,过程如上述实施例所示,不再赘述。此时服务器2可能离终端设备的传输距离更近,由服务器2服务可能更为合适,服务器代理设备或者路由管理节点可以触发服务终端的服务器从服务器1向服务器2的迁移过程。具体流程可以包括:
S1001 服务器代理设备1或者路由管理节点可以和服务器1协商服务器切换。如果同意由服务器代理设备1开始执行代理设备切换过程。
S1002 服务器代理设备1将相关服务器的上下文信息转移至服务器代理设备2。保证服务器代理2能将终端发送给服务器1的数据转发给服务器2,对终端来说不需要变更服务器的IP地址,从而确保的IP的连续性。服务器代理设备1将终端通过终端代理2发来的数据都转发至服务器代理设备2,服务器2准备好之前有服务器代理设备进行缓存。
S1003 服务器代理设备1指示服务器1进行服务器切换至服务器2。
S1004 服务器1可以将APP相关的业务上下文信息转发至新的服务器2,包括终端的连接信息(TCP连接配置信息,业务状态信息)使得终端可以在原有 的服务进度上继续,保证业务的连续性。如不转发APP相关的业务上下文,服务器1通知服务器2终端的地址信息,可能需要终端重发业务连接请求。
S1005 服务器2准备好后通知服务器代理设备2进行路由切换。此时服务器代理设备将终端发送给服务器代理1的缓存数据发送给服务器2。
S1006 服务器代理设备2通知终端代理设备2将数据流由原来的服务器代理设备1转至服务器代理设备2。再由服务器代理设备2转发至服务器2。
本实施例描述的是,当App Server变更时,仍然可以保持业务连续性,即UE不可见。通常可以应用在App Server进行负载均衡,或者UE移动时,变更至离UE更近的App Server(如CDN服务器)的场景,以获得更好的资源更短的时延更好的用户体验。
图22是本实施例的第五(a)种传输场景的示意图,在本实施例中,第一节点为终端(本实施例中称为“UE”),第一网关节点为终端代理设备且内置于终端,第二节点为服务器(本实施例中称为“APP Server”),第二网关节点为服务器代理设备(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”)。本实施的主要变化在于第一网关节点内置终端造成,对于第二网关节点内置或者不内置于服务器的场景同样适用。终端通过机入网设备(可以是基站或者AP)连接第二网关节点和服务器。由于本实施例的第一网关节点内置于终端,因此在终端移动时,第一网关跟随终端移动,因此终端不需要更换第一网关节点。
接入节点建立与接入网设备之间的连接,并通过鉴权并完成注册。具体过程可以重用现有2G/3G/4G(参见前面的实施例)以及未来可能的5G系统的无线接入过程。在此基础上,图23是本发明实施例提供的一种接入过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图4和图6所述方法的举例说明,可以包括:
S1101,终端建立与接入网设备之间的连接。
具体地,以4G网络接入过程举例,UE通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制协议)过程,在驻留的小区和对应的eNB建立空口信令连接,用以传输UE专用的信令。
S1102,UE通过eNB注册网络。
具体地,UE通过空口连接发送Attach Request,对网络进行注册。
S1103,eNB向集中式控制器或者MME为UE注册网络。
具体地,eNB通过Initial UE Message并携带UE发送的Attach Request消息给MME。
S1104,MME鉴权处理。
具体地,MME处理Attach Request前,需要通过鉴权过程,鉴别双方节点是否是可信节点。并产生加密算法和秘钥等相关信息用于后续的安全过程。
S1105,MME为UE选择UE-Proxy。具体地,如果鉴权成功,MME选择UE-Proxy,发起Create Proxy Request。本实施例中UE-Proxy内置于UE。UE可以在上述接入过程中在信令中(如S1102)携带UE-Proxy的信息,使得MME选择内置UE-Proxy。Create Proxy Request中会携带UE的各种签约和权限信息,用于辅助UE-Proxy为UE分配本地地址(local IP)。
S1106,UE-Proxy为UE分配local IP。
具体地,如果Create Proxy Request不携带local IP,UE-Proxy为UE分配local IP,否则UE-Proxy直接使用Create Proxy Request中的local IP为UE的local IP并按业务分配其对应的GTP-U TEID,通过Create Proxy Response发送给MME。
S1107,MME和eNB建立连接。
具体地,MME和eNB通过Initial Context Setup建立eNB和UE-Proxy之间的用户面承载(隧道)。
S1108,eNB将将MME配置local IP的消息发送给UE。
具体地,eNB和UE之间建立对应的空口用户面承载(无线承载),进而通知相应的local IP给UE。
S1109,UE发送指向服务器1(App Server1)的数据包。
具体地,若UE希望访问App Server1,通过空口用户面承载,以local IP为源地址(source address)向UE-Proxy发送数据。
S1110,UE-Proxy查找对应的服务器代理设备1(Server-Proxy1)。
具体地,UE-Proxy接收数据包后,根据destination address查找对应的服务器代理Server-Proxy1。并查找对应的UE是否已经建立了对应的UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy1之间的连接,如果有执行步骤S1113。
S1110如果没有对应的服务器代理,终端代理设备缓存数据,向控制器或者MME查询对应的服务器代理设备。控制器或MME根据终端代理上报的数据包特征(如数据包的协议头)确定服务器以及服务器代理设备。并将其对应的标识信息或者地址信息返回给终端代理设备。
S1111终端代理发起Create Tunnel Request。
S1112Server-Proxy1为UE分配代理地址1(Remote IP1)。
具体地,Server-Proxy1收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该UE分配Remote IP1,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知UE-Proxy,并保存remote IP1,UE-Proxy以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S1113,UE-Proxy对数据包的地址信息进行转换。
具体地,对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-Proxy将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy1分配的remote IP1。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据包,UE-Proxy将IP头内的destination address从remote IP1转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
S1114,UE发送指向服务器2(App Server2)的数据包。
具体地,若UE希望访问App Server2,通过空口用户面承载,以local IP为源地址(source address)通过eNB向UE-Proxy发送数据包。UE-Proxy查找对应的服务器代理设备2(Server-Proxy2)。具体地,UE-Proxy接收数据包后,根据destination address查找对应的服务器代理Server-Proxy2。并查找对应的UE是否已经建立了对应的UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy2之间的连接,如果有执行步骤S1118。
S1115如果没有,终端代理设备缓存数据,和S1110一样,向控制器或者MME查询对应的服务器代理设备。控制器或MME根据终端代理上报的数据包特征(如数据包的协议头)确定服务器以及服务器代理设备。并将其对应的标识信息或者地址信息返回给终端代理设备。
S1116终端代理设备发起Create Tunnel Request。
S1117Server-Proxy2为UE分配代理地址2(Remote IP2)。
具体地,Server-Proxy2收到Create Tunnel Request后,在其IP池内为该 UE分配Remote IP2,并建立UE对应的隧道,并发送Create Tunnel Response通知UE-Proxy,并保存remote IP2,UE-Proxy以及相应隧道的对应关系。
S1117,UE-Proxy对数据包的源地址进行转换。
具体地,对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,UE-Proxy将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy2分配的remote IP2。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据包,UE-Proxy将IP头内的destination address从remote IP2转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
需要指出的是,本发明实施例推广到服务器n(App Server n)一样适用,这里不再赘述。
相应地,图24是本发明实施例提供的第一种切换过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图8所述方法的举例说明,本实施例中,假设UE和内置的终端代理设备初始连接的基站1(eNB1),同时与服务器1(App Server1)和服务器2(App Server2)传输业务,App Server1和App Server2分别对应服务器代理设备1(Server-Proxy1)和服务器代理设2(Server-Proxy2)。其中,UE和终端设备代理之间的用户面数据用a-1、a-2表示;终端设备代理和eNB之间的用户面数据用b-1、b-2表示;eNB1和Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2之间的用户面数据用c-1、c-2表示;Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2和App Server1、App Server2之间的用户面数据用d-1、d-2表示。其中,Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2分别给UE分配了remote IP1和remote IP2,终端设备代理给UE分配了local IP。终端设备代理对于收到UE发给App Server的数据,终端设备代理将IP头内的source address从local IP转换为destination address对应的Server-Proxy2分配的remote IP2。对于从App Server发送给UE的数据包,终端设备代理将IP头内的destination address从remote IP2转换为local IP。至此UE和App Server之间可以进行双向数据通讯。
S1201,UE检测eNB1和eNB2的信号质量。
具体地,UE从eNB1下小区移动至eNB2下小区边界,根据eNB1下发给UE的测量配置,当满足测量报告条件时,如eNB2下小区比eNB1下小区的接收信号强度大3个dB时,UE上报测量报告给eNB1。
S1202,eNB1向UE发起eNB1和eNB2切换过程。
具体地,eNB接收到测量报告,根据切换判决算法,判定UE应该切换到信号更强的小区下去,本实施例中eNB1判定UE应该切换到eNB2,因此发起eNB1和eNB2切换过程。LTE中切换分为S1切换和X2切换,本实施例以X2切换为例,eNB1和eNB2之间通过handover request和handover response消息交换UE的上下文信息,UE-Proxy和Server-Proxy1/2的地址和隧道信息,并且在eNB2准备好相应的资源配置好切换命令以及建立eNB1到eNB2之间的反传隧道等工作,用于传输在切换期间eNB1未能发送给UE的数据。
S1203,发送切换命令给UE
具体地,eNB1通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送切换命令给终端,指示终端切换到eNB2下的小区中区,UE接收后离开原小区。
eNB1将数据交接给eNB2。具体地,eNB1发送SN status transfer给eNB2,指示最后传输给UE的PDCP SN号,用于eNB2接续PDCP的数据继续和终端传输,对于没有传输成功的,由eNB2和UE之间协商重传。由于UE已经离开eNB1下的小区,所以Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2发给eNB1的c-1和c-2的下行数据c-1-D和c-2-D已经无法发送给UE,此处通过步骤S1202建立的反传隧道,由eNB1发送给eNB2,通过F-1-D和F-2-D表示,eNB2会缓存这部分数据,直至UE成功连接后再发送给UE。
S1204,UE1和终端设备代理通过eNB2分别和Server Proxy1连接Server1,Server Proxy2连接Server2,并传输数据。
具体地,UE搜索切换命令中指示的新小区,并与该小区进行同步,按切换命令中的随机接入配置向该小区发起随机接入,成功后,发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息,通知eNB2完成切换。至此UE和eNB2已经成功建立起空口的无线承载。下行方向,App Server1/App Server2发送的数据d-1-D/d-2-D到Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,然后代理再将c-1-D/c-2-D转发给eNB1,eNB1通过反传隧道将F-1-D/F-2-D发送给eNB2,eNB2将反传过来的数据在空口承载B-1-D,B-2-D发送给终端设备代理,终端设备代理经过地址变换将B-1-D,B-2-D变换为a-1-D和a-2-D。上行方向,UE向终端设备代理发送a-1-U和a-2-U,终端设备代通过空口承载向eNB2发送B-1-U和B-2-U, eNB2根据第S1202步的Server-Proxy1/2的地址隧道信息,发送C-1-U/C-2-U发送给Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2在通过d-1-U/d-2-U路由给App-Server1/App-Server2。如果S1202没有通知eNB2Server-Proxy1/2的地址隧道信息,则eNB2缓存所有上行数据。
S1205,eNB2撤出转发。
具体地,eNB2向MME发送Path Switch消息,希望Server-Proxy1/2将C-1-D/C-2-D的下行数据直接发送到eNB2,避免从eNB1转发。
S1207/1208,MME通知Server-Proxy1/2将下行数据发送给eNB2。Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2分别将App Server发来的d-1-D和d-2-D通过C-1-D和C-2-D发送给eNB2,eNB2通过空口通过B-1-D和B-2-D发送给终端设备代理,终端设备代理经过地址转换后发送给终端a-1-D和a-2-D。
UE和终端设备代理通过eNB2分别于Server Proxy1与Server1传输数据,和Server Proxy2与Server2传输数据。
Server Proxy1和Server Proxy2通知MME成功。
S1209,MME通知eNB2切换成功。
MME向eNB2回复Path Switch Request Acknowledge,表示App-Proxy1/2切换成功,并携带业务上行数据对应的地址和隧道信息。如果S1204步eNB2缓存终端的上行数据,则此时可以将对应的缓存数据发送给App-Proxy1/2,进而发送给对应的App-Server。至此UE和App Server之间的数据全部通过终端设备代理,eNB2和App-Proxy进行转发
S1210,eNB2控制eNB1删除上下文信息。
eNB2等待eNB1数据反传完毕后,一般可以设置一个定时器或者等待接收到数据最后包end marker,删除UE上下文信息。
当地址转换功能在Server-Proxy处理时,上述过程也是一致的。
图25是本实施例提供的第五(b)种传输场景的示意图。当第一网关节点内置于终端时,终端和第一网网关节点可以通过内部接口进行通讯,甚至可以将终端和第一网关的功能用同一程序实现,终端可以很方便的获取第一网关节点的终端上下文信息,因此,本实施例相对于图22的实施例,区别在于将终 端直接具有第一网关节点的功能。下面为了描述上的方便将同时拥有终端和第一网关节点功能的这个节点称为接入节点。
在此基础上,图26是本发明实施例提供的一种接入过程的流程示意图,该方法是对图4和图6所述方法的举例说明,可以包括:
S1301,接入节点建立与接入网设备之间的连接。
具体地,以4G网络接入过程举例,UE通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制协议)过程,在驻留的小区和对应的eNB建立空口信令连接,用以传输UE专用的信令。此步骤可以重用上述以及其他类似的无线技术建立空口连接的过程。
S1302,接入节点通过接入网设备注册。
具体地,接入网设备通过空口连接发送注册请求,对网络进行注册。
S1303,接入网设备向集中式控制器发送注册请求。
具体地,可以类似于LTE系统中eNB通过Initial UE Message并携带UE发送的Attach Request消息给MME。
S1304,集中式控制鉴权处理。
具体地,类似于LTE系统MME处理Attach Request前,需要通过鉴权过程,鉴别双方节点是否是可信节点。并产生加密算法和秘钥等相关信息用于后续的安全过程。如果通过,则接入节点和控制器之间可以进行后续信令过程。可选的接入节点和控制器之间建立一条默认传输路径。
S1305当接入节点要和服务器进行通讯时,先检测内置的接入节点是否已经和服务器和以及其对应的服务器代理之间建立关联关系。如果没有则需要向控制器请求,选择服务器对应的服务器代理,分配代理地址,并通过服务器代理连接服务器。
接入节点可以向控制器节点发起业务请求,接入节点通过信令向控制器请求需要访问的服务或者服务器。接入节点可以通过指明服务类型、服务商信息、服务标识信息、服务域名或者URL信息(如www.youtube.com或者www.myvideo.com/service/portal1)、服务地址信息(如IP地址信息10.238.2.38)等用于控制器节点确认需要访问的服务器。
或者接入节点可以使用S1304步骤中的临时默认传输路径上默认IP地址 作为源地址,将需要发送服务器的数据包发送给控制器。控制器通过对数据包的特征识别(如数据包中IP数据包头或者HTTP包头中),确认需要连接的服务器和对应的服务器代理设备。
控制器将服务器或服务器代理设备对应的信息(如标识信息,地址信息)发送给接入节点。
S1306,接入节点保存服务器或服务器代理设备对应的信息和对应服务之间的绑定关系。接入节点和对应的服务器代理设备建立连接关系,分配remote IP1,使用该IP为接入节点和该服务器相互通讯时的IP地址,并通过服务器代理节点和服务器进行通讯。
S1307,另一种可能的实施方式,类似S1305过程,接入节点接入节点可以向控制器节点发起业务请求或者接入节点将需要发送服务器的数据包发送给控制器,携带信息和S1305一致。控制器选定服务器以及对应的服务器代理设备。
S1308控制器需要和服务器代理设备进行配置或者协商,如协商是否接纳该接入节点,如果不能接纳可能需要选择一个新的服务器节点。或者如果需要建立相关的传输配置,需要服务器代理设备建立对应的传输配置,如传输隧道配置或者路由表配置信息,还包括分配给接入节点的remote IP2,返回给控制器节点。
S1309控制器将服务器或服务器代理选择的结果通知接入节点,以便接入节点按所示结果和对应的服务器以及其服务器代理节点进行通讯。接入节点使用该remote IP2为接入节点和该服务器相互通讯时的IP地址,
相应地,图27是本发明实施例提供的第一种切换过程的流程示意图,当第一网关节点内置于终端时,终端和第一网网关节点可以通过内部接口进行通讯,甚至可以将终端和第一网关的功能用同一程序实现,因此终端可以很方便的获取第一网关节点的终端上下文信息。下面为了描述上的方便将同时拥有终端和第一网关功能的这个节点称为接入节点。假设接入节点初始连接的接入网设备1,同时与服务器1(App Server1)和服务器2(App Server2)传输业务,App Server1和App Server2分别对应服务器代理设备1(Server-Proxy1)和服务器代理设2(Server-Proxy2)。其中,接入节点和接入网设备1之间的用户 面数据用b-1、b-2表示;接入网设备1和Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2之间的用户面数据用c-1、c-2表示;Server-Proxy1、Server-Proxy2和App Server1、App Server2之间的用户面数据用d-1、d-2表示。其中,Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2分别给接入节点分配了remote IP1和remote IP2。接入节点分别使用remote IP1和remote IP2与服务器1和服务器2进行通讯。
S1401,接入节点检测接入网设备1和接入网设备2的信号质量。
具体地,以LTE为例,UE从eNB1下小区移动至eNB2下小区边界,根据eNB1下发给UE的测量配置,当满足测量报告条件时,如eNB2下小区比eNB1下小区的接收信号强度大3个dB时,UE上报测量报告给eNB1。
S1402,接入网设备1发起接入节点从接入网设备1和接入网设备2切换过程。
具体地,以LTE为例eNB接收到测量报告,根据切换判决算法,判定UE应该切换到信号更强的小区下去,本实施例中eNB1判定UE应该切换到eNB2,因此发起eNB1和eNB2切换过程。LTE中切换分为S1切换和X2切换,本实施例以X2切换为例,eNB1和eNB2之间通过handover request和handover response消息交换UE的上下文信息,Server-Proxy1/2的地址和隧道信息,并且在eNB2准备好相应的资源配置好切换命令以及建立eNB1到eNB2之间的反传隧道等工作,用于传输在切换期间eNB1未能发送给UE的数据。
S1403,接入节点接收切换命令
具体地,以LTE为例,eNB1通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送切换命令给终端,指示终端切换到eNB2下的小区中区,UE接收后离开原小区。
eNB1将数据交接给eNB2。具体地,eNB1发送SN status transfer给eNB2,指示最后传输给UE的PDCP SN号,用于eNB2接续PDCP的数据继续和终端传输,对于没有传输成功的,由eNB2和UE之间协商重传。由于UE已经离开eNB1下的小区,所以Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2发给eNB1的c-1和c-2的下行数据c-1-D和c-2-D已经无法发送给UE,此处通过步骤S1202建立的反传隧道,由eNB1发送给eNB2,通过F-1-D和F-2-D表示,eNB2会缓存这部分数据,直至UE成功连接后再发送给UE。
S1404,接入节点通过接入网设备2分别和Server Proxy1连接Server1, Server Proxy2连接Server2,并传输数据。
具体地,以LTE为例,UE搜索切换命令中指示的新小区,并与该小区进行同步,按切换命令中的随机接入配置向该小区发起随机接入,成功后,发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息,通知eNB2完成切换。至此UE和eNB2已经成功建立起空口的无线承载。下行方向,App Server1/App Server2发送的数据d-1-D/d-2-D到Server-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,然后代理再将c-1-D/c-2-D转发给eNB1,eNB1通过反传隧道将F-1-D/F-2-D发送给eNB2,eNB2将反传过来的数据在空口承载B-1-D,B-2-D发送给UE。上行方向,UE通过空口承载向eNB2发送B-1-U和B-2-U,eNB2可以根据第S1402步的Server-Proxy1/2的地址隧道信息,发送C-1-U/C-2-U发送给Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2,Sever-Proxy1/Server-Proxy2在通过d-1-U/d-2-U路由给App-Server1/App-Server2。如果S1402没有通知eNB2Server-Proxy1/2的地址隧道信息,则eNB2缓存所有上行数据。
S1405,接入网设备2撤出转发。
具体地,以LTE为例,eNB2向MME发送Path Switch消息,希望Server-Proxy1/2将C-1-D/C-2-D的下行数据直接发送到eNB2,避免从eNB1转发。
S1406/1407,控制器通知服务器代理将下行数据发送给接入网设备2.。
具体地,以LTE为例,MME通知Server-Proxy1/2将下行数据发送给eNB2。Server-Proxy1和Server-Proxy2分别将App Server发来的d-1-D和d-2-D通过C-1-D和C-2-D发送给eNB2,eNB2通过空口通过B-1-D和B-2-D发送给UE。
UE通过eNB2分别于Server Proxy1与Server1传输数据,和Server Proxy2与Server2传输数据。
Server Proxy1和Server Proxy2通知MME成功。
S1408,控制器通知接入网设备2切换成功。
具体地,以LTE为例,MME向eNB2回复Path Switch Request Acknowledge,表示App-Proxy1/2切换成功,并携带业务上行数据对应的地址和隧道信息。如果S1404步eNB2缓存终端的上行数据,则此时可以将对应的缓存数据发送给App-Proxy1/2,进而发送给对应的App-Server。至此UE和App Server之间 的数据全部通过eNB2和App-Proxy进行转发
S1409,接入网设备2控制接入网设备1删除上下文信息。
具体地,以LTE为例,eNB2等待eNB1数据反传完毕后,一般可以设置一个定时器或者等待接收到数据最后包end marker,删除UE上下文信息。
在上述本实施例中,同样也适用于当第二网关节点(本实施例中称为“Server-Proxy”)内置于所述服务器的场景。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点内置于第一节点,使得第一节点可以很方便的获取第一网关节点的终端上下文信息。甚至第一节点和第一网关节点的功能用同一程序实现,可以直接使用remote IP。可以避免local IP和remote IP之间的相互转换过程,第一节点和第二节点可以直接使用对应的端到端的IP地址进行通讯,避免一些需要直接使用端到端IP地址的服务协议(如SIP协议)因为中间的地址转换功能,可以无法使用的问题。
图28是本发明第一实施例提供的一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图4中第一网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括节点选择模块110、代理地址获取模块120、源地址转换模块130以及数据包发送模块140,其中:
节点选择模块110,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点。
可选地,节点选择模块110,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
又可选地,节点选择模块110,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
代理地址获取模块120,用于获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址。
源地址转换模块130,用于将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;
数据包发送模块140,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。
请参阅图28,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括地址分配模块150,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
请参阅图28,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括连接判断模块160和请求发送模块170,其中:
连接判断模块160,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块170,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
请参阅图28,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括数据包获取模块180,获取所述第一节点发送的数据包。
请参阅图28,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括信息发送模块190,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
图29是本发明第一实施例提供的另一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图5中第一网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括节点选择模块210和数据包发送模块220,其中:
节点选择模块210,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点。
可选地,节点选择模块210,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
又可选地,节点选择模块210,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
数据包发送模块220,用于将所述第一节点发送来的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配代理地址后,将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址,并将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二节点。
请参阅图29,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括地址分配模块230,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
请参阅图29,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括连接判断模块240和请求发送模块250,其中:
连接判断模块240,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块250,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
请参阅图29,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括数据包获取模块260,用于获取所述第一节点发送的数据包。
请参阅图29,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括信息发送模块270,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
图30是本发明第一实施例提供的又一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图5中第二网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括数据包获取模块310、源地址转换模块320和数据包发送 模块330,其中:
数据包获取模块310,用于获取第一节点通过第一网关节点发送来的数据包。
源地址转换模块320,用于将所述数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址。
数据包发送模块330,用于将转换后的数据包发送至第二节点。
请参阅图30,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括请求获取模块340和连接建立模块350,其中:
请求获取模块340,用于获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
连接建立模块350,用于与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
图31是本发明第二实施例提供的一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图6中第一网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括节点选择模块410、代理地址获取模块420、目标地址转换模块430和数据包发送模块440,其中:
节点选择模块410,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点。
可选地,节点选择模块410,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
又可选地,节点选择模块410,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
代理地址获取模块420,用于获取所述第一节点的本地地址。
目标地址转换模块430,用于将所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包的目标地址由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址。
数据包发送模块440,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第一节点。
请参阅图31,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括地址分配模块450,用于在 确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
请参阅图31,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括连接判断模块460和请求发送模块470,其中:
连接判断模块460,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块470,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
请参阅图31,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括数据包获取模块480,用于获取所述第一节点发送的数据包。
请参阅图31,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括信息发送模块490,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,本网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
图32是本发明第二实施例提供的另一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图7中第一网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括节点选择模块510、数据包获取模块520和数据包发送模块530,其中:
节点选择模块510,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点。
可选地,节点选择模块510,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
又可选地,节点选择模块510,具体用于:获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;第一网关节点根据所述请求信 令选择第二网关节点。
数据包获取模块520,用于获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址被所述第二网关节点由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址。可选地,所述数据包获取模块520,还用于获取所述第一节点发送的数据包。
数据包发送模块530,用于将所述数据包发送至所述第一节点。
请参阅图32,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括地址分配模块540,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
请参阅图32,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括连接判断模块550和请求发送模块560,其中:
连接判断模块550,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
请求发送模块560,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
请参阅图32,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括信息发送模块570,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,本网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
图33是本发明第一实施例提供的又一种网关节点的结构示意图,该网关节点用于实现图7中第二网关节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的网关节点至少可以包括数据包获取模块610、目标地址转换模块620和数据包发送模块630,其中:
数据包获取模块610,用于获取第二节点发送来的数据包;
目标地址转换模块620,用于将所述数据包的目标地址由第一节点的代理 地址转换为本地地址;
数据包发送模块630,用于将转换后的数据包发送至第一网关节点,以使所述第一网关节点将其发送至所述第一节点。
请参阅图33,如图所示的网关节点还可以包括请求获取模块640和连接建立模块650,其中:
请求获取模块640,用于获取所述第一网关节点发送来的连接建立请求;
连接建立模块650,用于与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配所述代理地址。
图34是本发明第三实施例提供的一种节点的结构示意图,该节点用于实现图7中第一节点的相关操作。如图所示本发明实施例中的节点至少可以包括第一传输模块710、连接切换模块720和第二传输模块730,其中:
第一传输模块710,用于通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输。
连接切换模块720,用于本节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。具体实现过程中,连接切换模块720可以如图34所示进一步包括质量测量单元721、质量上报单元722和连接切换单元723,其中:
质量测量单元721,用于分别测量所述原第一网关节点和所述新第一网关节点的信号质量;
质量上报单元722,用于在确定所述新第一网关节点的信号质量优于所述原第一网关节点时,向所述原第一网关节点上报,以使所述原第一网关节点向本节点发送指示切换指令;
连接切换单元723,用于接收所述切换指令,并根据所述切换指令切换连接到所述新第一网关节点,以及断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。
第二传输模块730,用于通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
图35是本发明提供的一种网关节点的结构示意图,如图35所示,该网关 节点可以包括:至少一个处理器701,例如CPU,至少一个通信接口703,存储器704,至少一个通信总线702。其中,通信总线702用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。存储器704可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是非易失的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。可选的,存储器704还可以是至少一个位于远离前述处理器701的存储装置。存储器704中存储了程序代码。其中:
当该网关节点为图4中的第一网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
当该网关节点为图5中的第一网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
当该网关节点为图5中的第二网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
当该网关节点为图6中的第一网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
当该网关节点为图7中的第一网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
当该网关节点为图7中的第二网关节点时,处理器701调用存储器704中的程序执行该第一网关节点的相关操作。
图36是本发明提供的一种节点的结构示意图,如图36所示,该节点可以包括:至少一个处理器801,例如CPU,至少一个天线端口803,存储器804,至少一个通信总线802。其中,通信总线802用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。存储器804可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是非易失的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。可选的,存储器804还可以是至少一个位于远离前述处理器801的存储装置。存储器804中存储一组程序代码,且处理器801用于调用存储器804中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:
通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输;
在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接;
通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
由上可见,本发明实施例中,第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使第一节点通过第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点,在上行传输数据时,第一网关节点或第二网关节点将第一节点发送的数据包中的源地址由第一节点的本地地址转换为代理地址后再发送至第二节点,在下行传输数据时,第一网关节点或第二网关节点将第二节点发送的数据包中的目标地址由第一节点的代理地址转换为本地地址,因此在第一节点和第二节点的数据传输的过程中,第一节点发送数据包所用的源地址始终是第一节点的本地地址,第二节点发送数据包所用的目标地址始终是第一节点的代理地址,可见第一节点(即使在不同的第一网关节点之间切换)的本地地址始终保持不变,因而建立在该地址上的业务不中断,可以保证业务的连续性,同时第一节点不用维护多个地址,可以降低其复杂度。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。
以上所揭露的仅为本发明较佳实施例而已,当然不能以此来限定本发明之权利范围,因此依本发明权利要求所作的等同变化,仍属本发明所涵盖的范围。

Claims (62)

  1. 一种节点间数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
    所述第一网关节点获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址;
    所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;
    所述第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
    所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
    所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
    所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
    所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
    所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
  5. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
    所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
    若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上下文信息还包括所述第一节点的代理地址,以使所述另一第一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址。
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  9. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  10. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  11. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  12. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  13. 一种节点间数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
    所述第一网关节点获取所述第一节点的本地地址;
    所述第一网关节点将所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的数据包的目标地址由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
    所述第一网关节点将转换后的数据包发送至所述第一节点。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
    所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;
    所述第一网关节点根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
  15. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,包括:
    所述第一网关节点获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;
    所述第一网关节点根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
  16. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之前,还包括:
    所述第一网关节点在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
  17. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网关节点根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点之后,还包括:
    所述第一网关节点判断所述第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
    若否,则所述第一网关节点向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与所述第一网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
  18. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    当所述第一节点从所述第一网关节点切换至另一第一网关节点时,所述第一网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一第一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一第一网关节点根据所述上下文信息确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
  19. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  20. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  21. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  22. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  23. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  24. 一种节点间数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    第一节点通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输;
    所述第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接;
    所述第一节点通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接,包括:
    所述第一节点分别测量所述原第一网关节点和所述新第一网关节点的信号质量;
    所述第一节点在确定所述新第一网关节点的信号质量优于所述原第一网关节点时,向所述原第一网关节点上报,以使所述原第一网关节点向所述第一节点发送指示切换指令;
    所述第一节点接收所述切换指令,并根据所述切换指令切换连接到所述新第一网关节点,以及断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。
  26. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输之前,还包括:
    所述第一节点向上层发送路径转换请求,以使上层控制所述第二网关节点建立与所述新第一网关节点之间的连接。
  27. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  28. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  29. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  30. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  31. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  32. 一种网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点包括:
    节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
    代理地址获取模块,用于获取所述第二网关节点为所述第一节点分配的代理地址;
    源地址转换模块,用于将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址;
    数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第二网关节点,以使所述第二网关节点将其发送至所述第二节点。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
    获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
  34. 如权利要求32所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
    获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;节点选择单元,用于根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
  35. 如权利要求32所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
  36. 如权利要求32所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
    请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
  37. 如权利要求32所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时, 将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并向所述第二节点发送数据包。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述上下文信息还包括所述第一节点的代理地址,以使所述另一网关节点将所述第一节点发送来的数据包的源地址由所述第一节点的本地地址转换为所述代理地址。
  39. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  40. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  41. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  42. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  43. 如权利要求32-38任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  44. 一种网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点包括:
    节点选择模块,用于根据第一节点的请求选择第二网关节点,以使所述第一节点通过本网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接第二节点;
    代理地址获取模块,用于获取所述第一节点的本地地址;
    目标地址转换模块,用于将所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送来的 数据包的目标地址由所述第一节点的代理地址转换为所述本地地址;
    数据包发送模块,用于将转换后的数据包发送至所述第一节点。
  45. 如权利要求44所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
    获取第一节点发送的数据包,所述数据包的目标地址为第二节点的网络地址;根据所述数据包的目标地址选择第二网关节点。
  46. 如权利要求44所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述节点选择模块,具体用于:
    获取第一节点发送的请求信令,所述请求信令携带有指示第二网关节点的信息;节点选择单元,用于根据所述请求信令选择第二网关节点。
  47. 如权利要求44所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    地址分配模块,用于在确定所述第一节点未分配本地地址时,为所述第一节点分配本地地址。
  48. 如权利要求44所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    连接判断模块,用于判断本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间是否建立有连接;
    请求发送模块,用于在所述连接判断模块判定本网关节点和所述第二网关节点之间未建立有连接时,向所述第二网关节点发送连接建立请求,以使所述第二网关节点与本网关节点建立连接,并为所述第一节点分配代理地址。
  49. 如权利要求44所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述网关节点还包括:
    信息发送模块,用于当所述第一节点从本网关节点切换至另一网关节点时,本网关节点将所述第一节点的上下文信息发送至所述另一网关节点,所述上下文信息包括所述第一节点的本地地址和所述第二网关节点的标识信息,以使所述另一网关节点根据所述上下文信息识别所述第一节点和确定所述第二网关节点,进而使所述第一节点通过所述另一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点,并获取所述第二节点通过所述第二网关节点发送的数据包。
  50. 如权利要求44-49任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  51. 如权利要求44-49任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  52. 如权利要求44-49任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,本网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  53. 如权利要求44-49任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括服务器,本网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  54. 如权利要求44-49任一项所述的网关节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  55. 一种节点,其特征在于,所述节点包括:
    第一传输模块,用于通过原第一网关节点和第二网关节点连接第二节点并与第二节点进行数据传输;
    连接切换模块,用于本节点在切换连接到新第一网关节点时,断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接;
    第二传输模块,用于通过所述新第一网关节点和所述第二网关节点连接所述第二节点并与所述第二节点进行数据传输。
  56. 如权利要求55所述的节点,其特征在于,所述连接切换模块包括:
    质量测量单元,用于分别测量所述原第一网关节点和所述新第一网关节点的信号质量;
    质量上报单元,用于在确定所述新第一网关节点的信号质量优于所述原第一网关节点时,向所述原第一网关节点上报,以使所述原第一网关节点向本节点发送指示切换指令;
    连接切换单元,用于接收所述切换指令,并根据所述切换指令切换连接到所述新第一网关节点,以及断开与所述原第一网关节点之间的连接。
  57. 如权利要求55所述的节点,其特征在于,所述第二传输模块,具体 用于向上层发送路径转换请求,以使上层控制所述第二网关节点建立与所述新第一网关节点之间的连接。
  58. 如权利要求55-57任一项所述的节点,其特征在于,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括基站和终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  59. 如权利要求55-57任一项所述的节点,其特征在于,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
  60. 如权利要求55-57任一项所述的节点,其特征在于,所述本节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器,所述第二网关节点内置于所述服务器。
  61. 如权利要求55-57任一项所述的节点,其特征在于,所述本节点包括服务器,所述第一网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二网关节点包括终端代理设备,所述第二节点包括终端。
  62. 如权利要求55-57任一项所述的节点,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括终端,所述第一网关节点内置于所述终端,所述第二网关节点包括服务器代理设备,所述第二节点包括服务器。
PCT/CN2016/087419 2015-06-30 2016-06-28 一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点 WO2017000866A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201510372777.5A CN106331200A (zh) 2015-06-30 2015-06-30 一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点
CN201510372777.5 2015-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017000866A1 true WO2017000866A1 (zh) 2017-01-05

Family

ID=57607706

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/087419 WO2017000866A1 (zh) 2015-06-30 2016-06-28 一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN106331200A (zh)
WO (1) WO2017000866A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3573360B1 (en) 2017-02-15 2022-11-30 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Local breakout service data transmission method
BR112019027767A2 (pt) 2017-06-23 2020-07-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. método de implementação de continuidade de serviço, dispositivo, e sistema de implementação de continuidade de serviço
CN108717384B (zh) * 2018-05-18 2021-11-23 创新先进技术有限公司 一种数据备份方法及装置
CN112020078B (zh) * 2019-05-28 2022-07-19 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法以及装置
CN112532671A (zh) * 2019-09-19 2021-03-19 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 获取方法、配置方法、边缘计算集群及装置
CN112019559A (zh) * 2020-09-04 2020-12-01 北京六间房科技有限公司 数据传输系统
CN115174675B (zh) * 2022-06-30 2023-10-17 北京华御数观科技有限公司 一种kafka服务访问方法
TWI802488B (zh) * 2022-08-17 2023-05-11 象量科技股份有限公司 閘道器備援方法及應用其之路燈系統

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020129165A1 (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-12 Dingsor Andrew D. Network address translation and port mapping
CN101827416A (zh) * 2010-04-02 2010-09-08 华为技术有限公司 无线传感器网络中节点切换方法、网络及网络节点
CN102932461A (zh) * 2012-11-06 2013-02-13 深信服网络科技(深圳)有限公司 网络加速传输方法及装置
CN103987029A (zh) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-13 华为技术有限公司 业务处理方法和相关设备

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101141420B (zh) * 2007-09-05 2012-07-11 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 私网与公网进行数据通信的方法及系统
CN101442714A (zh) * 2007-11-20 2009-05-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 e-Node B间传递MBMS上下文的方法及系统
CN102123457B (zh) * 2010-01-11 2016-04-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 切换方法及终端
CN102984095A (zh) * 2012-12-14 2013-03-20 深圳市共进电子股份有限公司 一种报文传输系统、交换设备及报文传输方法
CN104602307A (zh) * 2013-10-30 2015-05-06 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 切换方法及系统

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020129165A1 (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-12 Dingsor Andrew D. Network address translation and port mapping
CN101827416A (zh) * 2010-04-02 2010-09-08 华为技术有限公司 无线传感器网络中节点切换方法、网络及网络节点
CN102932461A (zh) * 2012-11-06 2013-02-13 深信服网络科技(深圳)有限公司 网络加速传输方法及装置
CN103987029A (zh) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-13 华为技术有限公司 业务处理方法和相关设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106331200A (zh) 2017-01-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017000866A1 (zh) 一种节点间数据传输的方法、网关节点及节点
JP6645563B2 (ja) 第1の基地局及び通信制御方法
EP2932675B1 (en) Handling multipath transmission control protocol signalling in a communications network
US9794970B2 (en) Decentralizing core network functionalities
US9913174B2 (en) Method, device and system for implementing optimized inter-rat handover
CN111182600B (zh) 在无线通信系统中支持ue移动的方法及装置
JP7046487B2 (ja) Ue、コアネットワーク装置及びueの通信制御方法
WO2021073314A1 (zh) 一种数据传输的方法、通信设备及通信系统
KR102057979B1 (ko) 핸드오버 장치 및 방법
CN113473558A (zh) 新空口网络的二层移动
US20200214067A1 (en) Service transmission method, apparatus, and device
US9788353B2 (en) Mobile network communications method, communications apparatus, and communications system
EP3737195A1 (en) Network architecture and information interaction method and device
WO2012066759A1 (ja) 通信端末及びネットワークノード
US9338694B2 (en) Wireless communication system with SIPTO continuity
EP3229552B1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring disconnected tcp connection in communication system
WO2014086280A1 (zh) 处理无线网络用户接入的方法、装置及系统
EP3410752A1 (en) Mobility management method, apparatus and system
WO2013170673A1 (zh) 一种接入方法、基站、接入点和用户设备
CN103582075B (zh) 一种rn支持多种无线接入系统的方法
EP3264858B1 (en) Mobile communications method, device and system
WO2016107144A1 (zh) 用户面路径的更新方法、装置及系统
JPWO2007125592A1 (ja) 通信装置及びハンドオーバ方法
WO2014026564A1 (zh) 一种地址分配方法及宿主基站
KR20120131045A (ko) 로컬 네트워크 간 이동성을 제공하는 방법 및 로컬 게이트웨이

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16817230

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16817230

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1